docs: OpenBSD Man Pages Added

24 files changed, 12194 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/Makefile b/static/openbsd/man7/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fa959b6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+MAN = airport.7 \
+      ascii.7 \
+      environ.7 \
+      eqn.7 \
+      glob.7 \
+      hier.7 \
+      hostname.7 \
+      intro.7 \
+      library-specs.7 \
+      man.7 \
+      mandoc_char.7 \
+      mdoc.7 \
+      mirroring-ports.7 \
+      operator.7 \
+      packages-specs.7 \
+      packages.7 \
+      pkgpath.7 \
+      ports.7 \
+      roff.7 \
+      script.7 \
+      securelevel.7 \
+      tbl.7 \
+      utf8.7
+
+include ../../mandoc.mk
+
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/airport.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/airport.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..651343a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/airport.7
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: airport.7,v 1.4 2022/02/18 10:24:32 jsg Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017 Sebastian Benoit <benno@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: February 18 2022 $
+.Dt AIRPORT 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm airport
+.Nd list of IATA airport codes
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+file is a list of airports that have an IATA airport code.
+The list is sorted alphabetically by airport code.
+.Pp
+The list is not a complete list of all IATA codes.
+New airports can only be added by
+.Ox
+developers who have visited an airport and thereby have verified its existence.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /usr/share/misc/airport -compact
+.It Pa /usr/share/misc/airport
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Lk https://www.iata.org/codes "Airline and Airport Code Search"
+.Sh CAVEATS
+There are also railway stations with IATA codes.
+These may not be listed, except if someone landed there by plane and
+survived to update the file.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/ascii.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/ascii.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a908337d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/ascii.7
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: ascii.7,v 1.12 2024/12/21 03:34:31 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: ascii.7,v 1.3 1994/11/30 19:07:06 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)ascii.7	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: December 21 2024 $
+.Dt ASCII 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ascii
+.Nd octal, hexadecimal and decimal ASCII character sets
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm octal
+set:
+.Bd -literal -offset left
+000 nul  001 soh  002 stx  003 etx  004 eot  005 enq  006 ack  007 bel
+010 bs   011 ht   012 lf   013 vt   014 ff   015 cr   016 so   017 si
+020 dle  021 dc1  022 dc2  023 dc3  024 dc4  025 nak  026 syn  027 etb
+030 can  031 em   032 sub  033 esc  034 fs   035 gs   036 rs   037 us
+040 sp   041  !   042  "   043  #   044  $   045  %   046  &   047  '
+050  (   051  )   052  *   053  +   054  ,   055  -   056  .   057  /
+060  0   061  1   062  2   063  3   064  4   065  5   066  6   067  7
+070  8   071  9   072  :   073  ;   074  <   075  =   076  >   077  ?
+100  @   101  A   102  B   103  C   104  D   105  E   106  F   107  G
+110  H   111  I   112  J   113  K   114  L   115  M   116  N   117  O
+120  P   121  Q   122  R   123  S   124  T   125  U   126  V   127  W
+130  X   131  Y   132  Z   133  [   134  \e\   135  ]   136  ^   137  _
+140  `   141  a   142  b   143  c   144  d   145  e   146  f   147  g
+150  h   151  i   152  j   153  k   154  l   155  m   156  n   157  o
+160  p   161  q   162  r   163  s   164  t   165  u   166  v   167  w
+170  x   171  y   172  z   173  {   174  |   175  }   176  ~   177 del
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm hexadecimal
+set:
+.Bd -literal -offset left
+ 00 nul   01 soh   02 stx   03 etx   04 eot   05 enq   06 ack   07 bel
+ 08 bs    09 ht    0a lf    0b vt    0c ff    0d cr    0e so    0f si
+ 10 dle   11 dc1   12 dc2   13 dc3   14 dc4   15 nak   16 syn   17 etb
+ 18 can   19 em    1a sub   1b esc   1c fs    1d gs    1e rs    1f us
+ 20 sp    21  !    22  "    23  #    24  $    25  %    26  &    27  '
+ 28  (    29  )    2a  *    2b  +    2c  ,    2d  -    2e  .    2f  /
+ 30  0    31  1    32  2    33  3    34  4    35  5    36  6    37  7
+ 38  8    39  9    3a  :    3b  ;    3c  <    3d  =    3e  >    3f  ?
+ 40  @    41  A    42  B    43  C    44  D    45  E    46  F    47  G
+ 48  H    49  I    4a  J    4b  K    4c  L    4d  M    4e  N    4f  O
+ 50  P    51  Q    52  R    53  S    54  T    55  U    56  V    57  W
+ 58  X    59  Y    5a  Z    5b  [    5c  \e\    5d  ]    5e  ^    5f  _
+ 60  \`    61  a    62  b    63  c    64  d    65  e    66  f    67  g
+ 68  h    69  i    6a  j    6b  k    6c  l    6d  m    6e  n    6f  o
+ 70  p    71  q    72  r    73  s    74  t    75  u    76  v    77  w
+ 78  x    79  y    7a  z    7b  {    7c  |    7d  }    7e  ~    7f del
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm decimal
+set:
+.Bd -literal -offset left
+  0 nul    1 soh    2 stx    3 etx    4 eot    5 enq    6 ack    7 bel
+  8 bs     9 ht    10 lf    11 vt    12 ff    13 cr    14 so    15 si
+ 16 dle   17 dc1   18 dc2   19 dc3   20 dc4   21 nak   22 syn   23 etb
+ 24 can   25 em    26 sub   27 esc   28 fs    29 gs    30 rs    31 us
+ 32 sp    33  !    34  "    35  #    36  $    37  %    38  &    39  '
+ 40  (    41  )    42  *    43  +    44  ,    45  -    46  .    47  /
+ 48  0    49  1    50  2    51  3    52  4    53  5    54  6    55  7
+ 56  8    57  9    58  :    59  ;    60  <    61  =    62  >    63  ?
+ 64  @    65  A    66  B    67  C    68  D    69  E    70  F    71  G
+ 72  H    73  I    74  J    75  K    76  L    77  M    78  N    79  O
+ 80  P    81  Q    82  R    83  S    84  T    85  U    86  V    87  W
+ 88  X    89  Y    90  Z    91  [    92  \e\    93  ]    94  ^    95  _
+ 96  `    97  a    98  b    99  c   100  d   101  e   102  f   103  g
+104  h   105  i   106  j   107  k   108  l   109  m   110  n   111  o
+112  p   113  q   114  r   115  s   116  t   117  u   118  v   119  w
+120  x   121  y   122  z   123  {   124  |   125  }   126  ~   127 del
+.Ed
+.Sh STANDARDS
+.Rs
+.%T Information Systems - Coded Character Sets - 7-Bit American National\
+ Standard Code for Information Interchange (7-Bit ASCII)
+.%R INCITS 4-1986[R2017]
+.%Q InterNational Committee for Information Technology Standards
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Nm
+manual page appeared in
+.At v1 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/environ.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/environ.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c1247995
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/environ.7
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: environ.7,v 1.22 2020/02/09 00:11:23 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: environ.7,v 1.4 1995/07/03 19:45:07 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)environ.7	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: February 9 2020 $
+.Dt ENVIRON 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm environ
+.Nd user environment
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Vt extern char **environ ;
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+An array of strings called the
+.Dq environment
+is made available by
+.Xr execve 2
+when a process begins.
+By convention these strings have the form
+.Ar name Ns = Ns Ar value .
+The following variables are recognized by various commands:
+.Bl -tag -width BLOCKSIZE
+.It Ev BLOCKSIZE
+The size of the block units used by several commands, most notably
+.Xr df 1 ,
+.Xr du 1 ,
+and
+.Xr ls 1 .
+May be specified in units of a byte by specifying a number,
+in units of a kilobyte by specifying a number followed by
+.Sq K
+or
+.Sq k ,
+in units of a megabyte by specifying a number followed by
+.Sq M
+or
+.Sq m ,
+or in units of a gigabyte by specifying a number followed
+by
+.Sq G
+or
+.Sq g .
+Sizes less than 512 bytes or greater than a gigabyte are ignored.
+.It Ev EXINIT
+A list of startup commands read by
+.Xr ex 1
+and
+.Xr vi 1 .
+.It Ev HOME
+The user's login directory, set by
+.Xr login 1
+from the password file
+.Xr passwd 5 .
+.It Ev LOGNAME
+The login name of the user.
+.It Ev PATH
+The sequence of directories, separated by colons, searched by
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr ksh 1 ,
+.Xr system 3 ,
+.Xr execvp 3 ,
+etc. when looking for an executable file.
+Initially set to the value of
+.Dv _PATH_DEFPATH
+by
+.Xr login 1 ,
+traditionally
+.Pa /usr/bin:/bin ,
+but expanded to include
+.Pa /usr/sbin ,
+.Pa /sbin ,
+.Pa /usr/X11R6/bin ,
+.Pa /usr/local/bin ,
+and
+.Pa /usr/local/sbin
+in
+.Ox .
+.It Ev PRINTER
+The name of the default printer to be used by
+.Xr lpq 1 ,
+.Xr lpr 1 ,
+and
+.Xr lprm 1 .
+.It Ev PWD
+The current working directory.
+.It Ev SHELL
+The full pathname of the user's login shell.
+.It Ev TERM
+The kind of terminal for which output is to be prepared.
+This information is used by commands such as
+.Xr mandoc 1
+which may exploit special terminal capabilities.
+See
+.Pa /usr/share/misc/termcap
+.Pq Xr termcap 5
+for a list of terminal types.
+.It Ev TERMCAP
+The string describing the terminal in
+.Ev TERM ,
+or, if it begins with a
+.Ql / ,
+the name of the termcap file.
+See
+.Ev TERMPATH
+below,
+.Xr termcap 5 ,
+and
+.Xr termcap 3 .
+.It Ev TERMPATH
+A sequence of pathnames of termcap files, separated by colons or spaces,
+which are searched for terminal descriptions in the order listed.
+Having no
+.Ev TERMPATH
+is equivalent to a
+.Ev TERMPATH
+of
+.Pa $HOME/.termcap:/etc/termcap .
+.Ev TERMPATH
+is ignored if
+.Ev TERMCAP
+contains a full pathname.
+.It Ev TMPDIR
+The directory in which to store temporary files.
+Most applications use either
+.Pa /tmp
+or
+.Pa /var/tmp .
+Setting this variable will make them use another directory.
+.It Ev TZ
+The time zone to use when displaying dates.
+The normal format is a pathname relative to
+.Pa /usr/share/zoneinfo .
+For example, the command
+.Ic env TZ=America/Los_Angeles date
+displays the current time in California.
+See
+.Xr tzset 3
+for more information.
+.It Ev USER
+Deprecated synonym of
+.Ev LOGNAME
+(for backwards compatibility).
+.El
+.Pp
+Further names may be placed in the environment by the
+.Ic export
+command and
+.Ar name Ns = Ns Ar value
+arguments in
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+or by the
+.Ic setenv
+command if you use
+.Xr csh 1 .
+It is unwise to change certain
+.Xr sh 1
+variables that are frequently exported by
+.Pa .profile
+files, such as
+.Ev MAIL ,
+.Ev PS1 ,
+.Ev PS2 ,
+and
+.Ev IFS ,
+unless you know what you are doing.
+.Pp
+The current environment variables can be printed with
+.Xr env 1
+or
+.Xr printenv 1 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+.Xr env 1 ,
+.Xr ex 1 ,
+.Xr login 1 ,
+.Xr printenv 1 ,
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+.Xr execle 3 ,
+.Xr getenv 3 ,
+.Xr system 3 ,
+.Xr termcap 3 ,
+.Xr tzset 3 ,
+.Xr termcap 5
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Nm
+manual page appeared in
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/eqn.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/eqn.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d4c3a04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/eqn.7
@@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: eqn.7,v 1.12 2020/01/10 11:54:05 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\" Copyright (c) 2014 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 10 2020 $
+.Dt EQN 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm eqn
+.Nd eqn language reference for mandoc
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm eqn
+language is an equation-formatting language.
+It is used within
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+.Ux
+manual pages.
+It describes the
+.Em structure
+of an equation, not its mathematical meaning.
+This manual describes the
+.Nm
+language accepted by the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility, which corresponds to the Second Edition
+.Nm
+specification (see
+.Sx SEE ALSO
+for references).
+.Pp
+An equation starts with an input line containing exactly the characters
+.Sq \&.EQ ,
+may contain multiple input lines, and ends with an input line
+containing exactly the characters
+.Sq \&.EN .
+Equivalently, an equation can be given in the middle of a single
+text input line by surrounding it with the equation delimiters
+defined with the
+.Cm delim
+statement.
+.Pp
+The equation grammar is as follows, where quoted strings are
+case-sensitive literals in the input:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+eqn     : box | eqn box
+box     : text
+        | \(dq{\(dq eqn \(dq}\(dq
+        | \(dqdefine\(dq text text
+        | \(dqndefine\(dq text text
+        | \(dqtdefine\(dq text text
+        | \(dqgfont\(dq text
+        | \(dqgsize\(dq text
+        | \(dqset\(dq text text
+        | \(dqundef\(dq text
+        | \(dqsqrt\(dq box
+        | box pos box
+        | box mark
+        | \(dqmatrix\(dq \(dq{\(dq [col \(dq{\(dq list \(dq}\(dq]* \(dq}\(dq
+        | pile \(dq{\(dq list \(dq}\(dq
+        | font box
+        | \(dqsize\(dq text box
+        | \(dqleft\(dq text eqn [\(dqright\(dq text]
+col     : \(dqlcol\(dq | \(dqrcol\(dq | \(dqccol\(dq | \(dqcol\(dq
+text    : [^space\e\(dq]+ | \e\(dq.*\e\(dq
+pile    : \(dqlpile\(dq | \(dqcpile\(dq | \(dqrpile\(dq | \(dqpile\(dq
+pos     : \(dqover\(dq | \(dqsup\(dq | \(dqsub\(dq | \(dqto\(dq | \(dqfrom\(dq
+mark	: \(dqdot\(dq | \(dqdotdot\(dq | \(dqhat\(dq | \(dqtilde\(dq | \(dqvec\(dq
+        | \(dqdyad\(dq | \(dqbar\(dq | \(dqunder\(dq
+font    : \(dqroman\(dq | \(dqitalic\(dq | \(dqbold\(dq | \(dqfat\(dq
+list    : eqn
+        | list \(dqabove\(dq eqn
+space   : [\e^~ \et]
+.Ed
+.Pp
+White-space consists of the space, tab, circumflex, and tilde
+characters.
+It is required to delimit tokens consisting of alphabetic characters
+and it is ignored at other places.
+Braces and quotes also delimit tokens.
+If within a quoted string, these space characters are retained.
+Quoted strings are also not scanned for keywords, glyph names,
+and expansion of definitions.
+To print a literal quote character, it can be prepended with a
+backslash or expressed with the \e(dq escape sequence.
+.Pp
+Subequations can be enclosed in braces to pass them as arguments
+to operation keywords, overriding standard operation precedence.
+Braces can be nested.
+To set a brace verbatim, it needs to be enclosed in quotes.
+.Pp
+The following text terms are translated into a rendered glyph, if
+available: alpha, beta, chi, delta, epsilon, eta, gamma, iota, kappa,
+lambda, mu, nu, omega, omicron, phi, pi, psi, rho, sigma, tau, theta,
+upsilon, xi, zeta, DELTA, GAMMA, LAMBDA, OMEGA, PHI, PI, PSI, SIGMA,
+THETA, UPSILON, XI, inter (intersection), union (union), prod (product),
+int (integral), sum (summation), grad (gradient), del (vector
+differential), times (multiply), cdot (center-dot), nothing (zero-width
+space), approx (approximately equals), prime (prime), half (one-half),
+partial (partial differential), inf (infinity), >> (much greater), <<
+(much less), <\- (left arrow), \-> (right arrow), +\- (plus-minus), !=
+(not equal), == (equivalence), <= (less-than-equal), and >=
+(more-than-equal).
+The character escape sequences documented in
+.Xr mandoc_char 7
+can be used, too.
+.Pp
+The following control statements are available:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm define
+Replace all occurrences of a key with a value.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Cm define Ar key cvalc
+.Pp
+The first character of the value string,
+.Ar c ,
+is used as the delimiter for the value
+.Ar val .
+This allows for arbitrary enclosure of terms (not just quotes), such as
+.Pp
+.D1 Cm define Ar foo \(aqbar baz\(aq
+.D1 Cm define Ar foo cbar bazc
+.Pp
+It is an error to have an empty
+.Ar key
+or
+.Ar val .
+Note that a quoted
+.Ar key
+causes errors in some
+.Nm
+implementations and should not be considered portable.
+It is not expanded for replacements.
+Definitions may refer to other definitions; these are evaluated
+recursively when text replacement occurs and not when the definition is
+created.
+.Pp
+Definitions can create arbitrary strings, for example, the following is
+a legal construction.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+define foo \(aqdefine\(aq
+foo bar \(aqbaz\(aq
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Self-referencing definitions will raise an error.
+The
+.Cm ndefine
+statement is a synonym for
+.Cm define ,
+while
+.Cm tdefine
+is discarded.
+.It Cm delim
+This statement takes a string argument consisting of two bytes,
+to be used as the opening and closing delimiters for equations
+in the middle of text input lines.
+Conventionally, the dollar sign is used for both delimiters,
+as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.EQ
+delim $$
+\&.EN
+An equation like $sin pi = 0$ can now be entered
+in the middle of a text input line.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The special statement
+.Cm delim off
+temporarily disables previously declared delimiters and
+.Cm delim on
+reenables them.
+.It Cm gfont
+Set the default font of subsequent output.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Cm gfont Ar font
+.Pp
+In mandoc, this value is discarded.
+.It Cm gsize
+Set the default size of subsequent output.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Cm gsize Oo +|\- Oc Ns Ar size
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar size
+value should be an integer.
+If prepended by a sign,
+the font size is changed relative to the current size.
+.It Cm set
+Set an equation mode.
+In mandoc, both arguments are thrown away.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Cm set Ar key val
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar key
+and
+.Ar val
+are not expanded for replacements.
+This statement is a GNU extension.
+.It Cm undef
+Unset a previously-defined key.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Cm define Ar key
+.Pp
+Once invoked, the definition for
+.Ar key
+is discarded.
+The
+.Ar key
+is not expanded for replacements.
+This statement is a GNU extension.
+.El
+.Pp
+Operation keywords have the following semantics:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm above
+See
+.Cm pile .
+.It Cm bar
+Draw a line over the preceding box.
+.It Cm bold
+Set the following box using bold font.
+.It Cm ccol
+Like
+.Cm cpile ,
+but for use in
+.Cm matrix .
+.It Cm cpile
+Like
+.Cm pile ,
+but with slightly increased vertical spacing.
+.It Cm dot
+Set a single dot over the preceding box.
+.It Cm dotdot
+Set two dots (dieresis) over the preceding box.
+.It Cm dyad
+Set a dyad symbol (left-right arrow) over the preceding box.
+.It Cm fat
+A synonym for
+.Cm bold .
+.It Cm font
+Set the second argument using the font specified by the first argument;
+currently not recognized by the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+.Nm
+parser.
+.It Cm from
+Set the following box below the preceding box,
+using a slightly smaller font.
+Used for sums, integrals, limits, and the like.
+.It Cm hat
+Set a hat (circumflex) over the preceding box.
+.It Cm italic
+Set the following box using italic font.
+.It Cm lcol
+Like
+.Cm lpile ,
+but for use in
+.Cm matrix .
+.It Cm left
+Set the first argument as a big left delimiter before the second argument.
+As an optional third argument,
+.Cm right
+can follow.
+In that case, the fourth argument is set as a big right delimiter after
+the second argument.
+.It Cm lpile
+Like
+.Cm cpile ,
+but subequations are left-justified.
+.It Cm matrix
+Followed by a list of columns enclosed in braces.
+All columns need to have the same number of subequations.
+The columns are set as a matrix.
+The difference compared to multiple subsequent
+.Cm pile
+operators is that in a
+.Cm matrix ,
+corresponding subequations in all columns line up horizontally,
+while each
+.Cm pile
+does vertical spacing independently.
+.It Cm over
+Set a fraction.
+The preceding box is the numerator, the following box is the denominator.
+.It Cm pile
+Followed by a list of subequations enclosed in braces,
+the subequations being separated by
+.Cm above
+keywords.
+Sets the subequations one above the other, each of them centered.
+Typically used to represent vectors in coordinate representation.
+.It Cm rcol
+Like
+.Cm rpile ,
+but for use in
+.Cm matrix .
+.It Cm right
+See
+.Cm left ;
+.Cm right
+cannot be used without
+.Cm left .
+To set a big right delimiter without a big left delimiter, the following
+construction can be used:
+.Pp
+.D1 Cm left No \(dq\(dq Ar box Cm right Ar delimiter
+.It Cm roman
+Set the following box using the default font.
+.It Cm rpile
+Like
+.Cm cpile ,
+but subequations are right-justified.
+.It Cm size
+Set the second argument with the font size specified by the first
+argument; currently ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+By prepending a plus or minus sign to the first argument,
+the font size can be selected relative to the current size.
+.It Cm sqrt
+Set the square root of the following box.
+.It Cm sub
+Set the following box as a subscript to the preceding box.
+.It Cm sup
+Set the following box as a superscript to the preceding box.
+As a special case, if a
+.Cm sup
+clause immediately follows a
+.Cm sub
+clause as in
+.Pp
+.D1 Ar mainbox Cm sub Ar subbox Cm sup Ar supbox
+.Pp
+both are set with respect to the same
+.Ar mainbox ,
+that is,
+.Ar supbox
+is set above
+.Ar subbox .
+.It Cm tilde
+Set a tilde over the preceding box.
+.It Cm to
+Set the following box above the preceding box,
+using a slightly smaller font.
+Used for sums and integrals and the like.
+As a special case, if a
+.Cm to
+clause immediately follows a
+.Cm from
+clause as in
+.Pp
+.D1 Ar mainbox Cm from Ar frombox Cm to Ar tobox
+.Pp
+both are set below and above the same
+.Ar mainbox .
+.It Cm under
+Underline the preceding box.
+.It Cm vec
+Set a vector symbol (right arrow) over the preceding box.
+.El
+.Pp
+The binary operations
+.Cm from ,
+.Cm to ,
+.Cm sub ,
+and
+.Cm sup
+group to the right, that is,
+.Pp
+.D1 Ar mainbox Cm sup Ar supbox Cm sub Ar subbox
+.Pp
+is the same as
+.Pp
+.D1 Ar mainbox Cm sup Brq Ar supbox Cm sub Ar subbox
+.Pp
+and different from
+.Pp
+.D1 Bro Ar mainbox Cm sup Ar supbox Brc Cm sub Ar subbox .
+.Pp
+By contrast,
+.Cm over
+groups to the left.
+.Pp
+In the following list, earlier operations bind more tightly than
+later operations:
+.Pp
+.Bl -enum -compact
+.It
+.Cm dyad ,
+.Cm vec ,
+.Cm under ,
+.Cm bar ,
+.Cm tilde ,
+.Cm hat ,
+.Cm dot ,
+.Cm dotdot
+.It
+.Cm fat ,
+.Cm roman ,
+.Cm italic ,
+.Cm bold ,
+.Cm size
+.It
+.Cm sub ,
+.Cm sup
+.It
+.Cm sqrt
+.It
+.Cm over
+.It
+.Cm from ,
+.Cm to
+.El
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+This section documents the compatibility of mandoc
+.Nm
+and the troff
+.Nm
+implementation (including GNU troff).
+.Pp
+.Bl -dash -compact
+.It
+The text string
+.Sq \e\(dq
+is interpreted as a literal quote in troff.
+In mandoc, this is interpreted as a comment.
+.It
+In troff, The circumflex and tilde white-space symbols map to
+fixed-width spaces.
+In mandoc, these characters are synonyms for the space character.
+.It
+The troff implementation of
+.Nm
+allows for equation alignment with the
+.Cm mark
+and
+.Cm lineup
+tokens.
+mandoc discards these tokens.
+The
+.Cm back Ar n ,
+.Cm fwd Ar n ,
+.Cm up Ar n ,
+and
+.Cm down Ar n
+commands are also ignored.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr roff 7
+.Rs
+.%A Brian W. Kernighan
+.%A Lorinda L. Cherry
+.%T System for Typesetting Mathematics
+.%J Communications of the ACM
+.%V 18
+.%P pp. 151\(en157
+.%D March, 1975
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A Brian W. Kernighan
+.%A Lorinda L. Cherry
+.%T Typesetting Mathematics, User's Guide
+.%D 1976
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A Brian W. Kernighan
+.%A Lorinda L. Cherry
+.%T Typesetting Mathematics, User's Guide (Second Edition)
+.%D 1978
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+The eqn utility, a preprocessor for troff, was originally written by
+Brian W. Kernighan and Lorinda L. Cherry in 1975.
+The GNU reimplementation of eqn, part of the GNU troff package, was
+released in 1989 by James Clark.
+The eqn component of
+.Xr mandoc 1
+was added in 2011.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+This
+.Nm
+reference was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons Aq Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/glob.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/glob.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48076472
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/glob.7
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: glob.7,v 1.8 2023/05/30 14:04:53 aisha Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Todd C. Miller <millert@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: May 30 2023 $
+.Dt GLOB 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm glob
+.Nd shell-style pattern matching
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+Globbing characters
+.Pq wildcards
+are special characters used to perform pattern matching of pathnames and
+command arguments in the
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+.Xr ksh 1 ,
+and
+.Xr sh 1
+shells as well as
+the C library functions
+.Xr fnmatch 3
+and
+.Xr glob 3 .
+A glob pattern is a word containing one or more unquoted
+.Ql \&?
+or
+.Ql *
+characters, or
+.Dq [..]
+sequences.
+.Pp
+Globs should not be confused with the more powerful
+regular expressions used by programs such as
+.Xr grep 1 .
+While there is some overlap in the special characters used in regular
+expressions and globs, their meaning is different.
+.Pp
+The pattern elements have the following meaning:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It \&?
+Matches any single character.
+.It \&*
+Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
+.It [..]
+Matches any of the characters inside the brackets.
+Ranges of characters can be specified by separating two characters by a
+.Ql -
+(e.g.\&
+.Dq [a0-9]
+matches the letter
+.Sq a
+or any digit).
+In order to represent itself, a
+.Ql -
+must either be quoted or the first or last character in the character list.
+Similarly, a
+.Ql \&]
+must be quoted or the first character in the list if it is to represent itself
+instead of the end of the list.
+Also, a
+.Ql \&!
+appearing at the start of the list has special meaning (see below), so to
+represent itself it must be quoted or appear later in the list.
+.Pp
+Within a bracket expression, the name of a
+.Em character class
+enclosed in
+.Sq [:
+and
+.Sq :]
+stands for the list of all characters belonging to that class.
+Supported character classes:
+.Bl -column "xdigit" "xdigit" "xdigit" -offset indent
+.It Li "alnum" Ta Li "cntrl" Ta Li "lower" Ta Li "space"
+.It Li "alpha" Ta Li "digit" Ta Li "print" Ta Li "upper"
+.It Li "blank" Ta Li "graph" Ta Li "punct" Ta Li "xdigit"
+.El
+.Pp
+These match characters using the macros specified in
+.Xr isalnum 3 ,
+.Xr isalpha 3 ,
+and so on.
+A character class may not be used as an endpoint of a range.
+.It [!..]
+Like [..],
+except it matches any character not inside the brackets.
+.It \e
+Matches the character following it verbatim.
+This is useful to quote the special characters
+.Ql \&? ,
+.Ql \&* ,
+.Ql \&[ ,
+and
+.Ql \e
+such that they lose their special meaning.
+For example, the pattern
+.Dq \e\e\e\&*\e[x]\e\&?
+matches the string
+.Dq \e\&*[x]\&? .
+.El
+.Pp
+Note that when matching a pathname, the path separator
+.Ql / ,
+is not matched by a
+.Ql \&? ,
+or
+.Ql * ,
+character or by a
+.Dq [..]
+sequence.
+Thus,
+.Pa /usr/*/*/X11
+would match
+.Pa /usr/X11R6/lib/X11
+and
+.Pa /usr/X11R6/include/X11
+while
+.Pa /usr/*/X11
+would not match either.
+Likewise,
+.Pa /usr/*/bin
+would match
+.Pa /usr/local/bin
+but not
+.Pa /usr/bin .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr fnmatch 3 ,
+.Xr glob 3 ,
+.Xr re_format 7
+.Sh HISTORY
+A stand-alone program,
+.Pa /etc/glob ,
+first appeared in
+.At v1 .
+In PWB/UNIX 1.0 this functionality was incorporated into the shell itself.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/hier.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/hier.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fde15952
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/hier.7
@@ -0,0 +1,658 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: hier.7,v 1.170 2022/10/23 08:00:29 jmc Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: hier.7,v 1.7 1994/11/30 19:07:10 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)hier.7	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: October 23 2022 $
+.Dt HIER 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm hier
+.Nd layout of filesystems
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+A sketch of the filesystem hierarchy.
+.Bl -tag -width "/altroot/"
+.It /
+Root directory.
+.It /altroot/
+Alternate (backup) location for the root
+.Pq Sq /
+filesystem
+(see
+.Xr daily 8 ) .
+.It /bin/
+User utilities fundamental to both single and multi-user environments.
+These programs are statically compiled and therefore do not depend on any
+system libraries to run.
+.It /bsd
+Pure kernel executable
+(the operating system loaded into memory at boot-time).
+.It /bsd.mp
+Pure kernel executable
+for multiprocessor machines.
+.It /bsd.rd
+Installation kernel.
+The built-in RAM disk contains utilities which can be run
+without an external file system, so this kernel is useful
+for limited system maintenance too.
+.It /bsd.sp
+Pure kernel executable
+for single processor machines.
+.It /dev/
+Block and character device files.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width MAKEDEV -compact
+.It MAKEDEV
+Script for creating device files (see
+.Xr MAKEDEV 8 ) .
+.It fd/
+File descriptor files (see
+.Xr fd 4 ) .
+.El
+.It /etc/
+System configuration files and scripts.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "raddb/servers/" -compact
+.It localtime
+Local time zone information (see
+.Xr ctime 3 ) .
+.It X11/
+Configuration files for the X11 window system.
+.It acme/
+Private keys for
+.Xr acme-client 1 .
+.It amd/
+Contains map files for
+.Xr amd 8 .
+.It authpf/
+Configuration files for the authenticating gateway user shell (see
+.Xr authpf 8 ) .
+.It examples/
+Example configuration files for base system daemons.
+.It firmware/
+Firmware files for various devices.
+.It fonts/
+Configuration files for X11 window system fonts.
+.It hotplug/
+Scripts for the hotplug daemon,
+.Xr hotplugd 8 .
+.It iked/
+Configuration files for
+.Xr iked 8 .
+.It isakmpd/
+Configuration files for
+.Xr isakmpd 8 .
+.It ldap/
+Certificates and schema definition files for
+.Xr ldapd 8 .
+.It login.conf.d/
+Additional login attributes for
+.Xr login.conf 5 .
+.It mail/
+System mail configuration files.
+.It mtree/
+.Xr mtree 8
+configuration files.
+.It npppd/
+.Xr npppd 8
+configuration files.
+.It ppp/
+.Xr pppd 8
+configuration files.
+.It raddb/servers/
+List of radius servers and their associated shared secrets for
+.Xr login_radius 8 .
+.It rc.d/
+.Xr packages 7
+start/stop scripts and subroutines for
+.Xr rc 8 .
+.It rpki/
+TAL and configuration files for
+.Xr rpki-client 8 .
+.It signify/
+Key files used by
+.Xr signify 1 .
+.It skel/
+Example
+.Sq .\&
+(dot) files for new accounts.
+.It skey/
+One-time password user database for
+.Xr skey 1 .
+.It ssh/
+Configuration files for
+.Xr ssh 1
+and
+.Xr sshd 8 .
+.It ssl/
+OpenSSL configuration files (see
+.Xr openssl 1 ) .
+.El
+.It /home/
+Default location for user home directories.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width _sysupgrade/ -compact
+.It _sysupgrade/
+Download location for
+.Xr sysupgrade 8 .
+.El
+.It /mnt/
+Empty directory commonly used by
+system administrators as a temporary mount point.
+.It /root/
+Default home directory for the superuser.
+.It /sbin/
+System programs and administration utilities
+fundamental to both single and multi-user environments.
+Most of these programs are statically compiled and therefore do not
+depend on any system libraries to run.
+.It /tmp/
+Temporary files that are
+.Em not
+preserved between system reboots.
+Periodically cleaned by
+.Xr daily 8 .
+.It /usr/
+Contains the majority of user utilities and applications.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "xenocara/" -compact
+.It X11R6/
+Files required for the X11 window system.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "include/" -compact
+.It bin/
+X11 binaries.
+.It include/
+X11-specific C include files.
+.It lib/
+X11 archive libraries.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "pkgconfig/" -compact
+.It X11/
+Default configuration files for X11 and companion applications.
+.It modules/
+Various libraries and drivers for the X11 window system.
+.It pkgconfig/
+Package metadata for
+.Xr pkg-config 1 .
+.It xorg/
+Data files used by the X server.
+.El
+.Pp
+.It man/
+X11 manual pages.
+.It share/
+Architecture independent data files.
+.El
+.Pp
+.It bin/
+Common utilities, programming tools, and applications.
+.It games/
+Useful and semi-frivolous programs.
+.It include/
+Standard C include files.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "libmilter/" -compact
+.It arpa/
+C include files for Internet service protocols.
+.It c++/
+Include files for the Clang C++ compiler.
+.It cbor/
+C include files for the Concise Binary Object Representation (CBOR)
+library.
+.It crypto/
+C include files for the cryptographic libraries.
+.It ddb/
+C include files for the kernel debugger (see
+.Xr ddb 4 ) .
+.It dev/
+Device-specific C include files.
+.It fido/
+C include files for the U2F/FIDO2 communication library.
+.It g++/
+Include files for the GNU C++ compiler.
+.It isofs/
+C include files for the ISO standard file systems (currently only cd9660).
+.It llvm/
+C++ include files for LLVM.
+.It llvm-c/
+C include files for LLVM.
+.It machine/
+Machine specific C include files.
+.It miscfs/
+C include files for miscellaneous file systems.
+.It msdosfs/
+C include files for MS-DOS file system.
+.It net/
+Miscellaneous network C include files.
+.It net80211/
+C include files for 802.11 wireless networking.
+.It netinet/
+C include files for Internet standard protocols (see
+.Xr inet 4 ) .
+.It netinet6/
+C include files for Internet protocol version 6 (see
+.Xr inet6 4 ) .
+.It netmpls/
+C include files for the MPLS protocol.
+.It nfs/
+C include files for NFS (Network File System).
+.It ntfs/
+C include files for NTFS file system.
+.It openssl/
+C include files for the OpenSSL library (see
+.Xr ssl 8 ) .
+.It protocols/
+C include files for Berkeley service protocols.
+.It readline/
+C include files for the
+.Xr readline 3
+library.
+.It rpc/
+C include files for remote procedure calling (see
+.Xr rpc 5 ) .
+.It rpcsvc/
+C include files for rpcsvc.
+.It scsi/
+SCSI-specific C include files.
+.It sys/
+System C include files (kernel data structures).
+.It ufs/
+C include files for UFS (the U-word File System).
+.It uvm/
+C include files for the virtual memory interface.
+.El
+.Pp
+.It lib/
+System libraries.
+See
+.Xr intro 3
+for a description of library types.
+.It libdata/
+Miscellaneous utility data files.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "ldscripts/" -compact
+.It cvs/
+Placeholder for user contributed
+.Xr cvs 1
+code/scripts.
+.It ldscripts/
+ELF linker scripts.
+.It perl5/
+Data files for
+.Xr perl 1 .
+.El
+.Pp
+.It libexec/
+System daemons and utilities (executed by other programs).
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "cvs/contrib/" -compact
+.It auth/
+Login scripts used to authenticate users (for
+.Bx
+Authentication).
+.It cvs/contrib/
+User contributed
+.Xr cvs 1
+scripts.
+.It lpr/
+Contains the lpf filter for
+.Xr lpd 8 .
+.It radiusd/
+Authentication modules for
+.Xr radiusd 8 .
+.It snmpd/
+SNMP subagents.
+.El
+.Pp
+.It local/
+Local executables, libraries, etc.
+.It mdec/
+Boot-related executables.
+.It obj/
+Architecture specific target tree produced by building the
+.Pa /usr/src
+tree.
+.It ports/
+The
+.Ox
+ports collection (see
+.Xr ports 7 ) .
+.It sbin/
+System daemons and utilities (executed by users).
+.It share/
+Architecture independent data files.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "calendar/" -compact
+.It calendar/
+Variety of pre-fab calendar files (see
+.Xr calendar 1 ) .
+.It dict/
+Word lists (see
+.Xr look 1
+and
+.Xr spell 1 ) .
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width propernames -compact
+.It american
+Spellings preferred in American usage.
+.It british
+Spellings preferred in British usage.
+.It propernames
+List of proper names.
+.It stop
+Forms that would otherwise be derivable by
+.Xr spell 1
+from words in the other files in
+.Pa /usr/share/dict ,
+but should not be accepted.
+.It web2
+Words from Webster's 2nd International.
+.It web2a
+Additional words from Webster's.
+.It words
+Common words.
+.It papers/
+Reference databases.
+.It special/
+Custom word lists.
+.El
+.Pp
+.It doc/
+Miscellaneous documentation.
+.It games/
+ASCII text files used by various games.
+.It info/
+Texinfo source files.
+.It locale/
+Locales for multi-language support.
+.It man/
+Manual pages.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width man3p/ -compact
+.It man1/
+General commands (tools and utilities).
+.It man2/
+System calls and error numbers.
+.It man3/
+Libraries.
+.It man3p/
+.Xr perl 1
+programmers' reference guide.
+.It man4/
+Special files and hardware support.
+.It man5/
+File formats.
+.It man6/
+Games.
+.It man7/
+Miscellaneous.
+.It man8/
+System maintenance and operation commands.
+.It man9/
+Kernel internals.
+.El
+.Pp
+.It misc/
+Miscellaneous system-wide ASCII text files.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width pcvtfonts/ -compact
+.It termcap
+Terminal characteristics database (see
+.Xr termcap 5 ) .
+.It pcvtfonts/
+Additional console fonts.
+.El
+.Pp
+.It mk/
+Templates for
+.Xr make 1 .
+.It relink/
+Link kit for boot-time kernel and library relinking.
+.It snmp/
+Data files for
+.Xr snmpd 8 .
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width mibs/ -compact
+.It mibs/
+Management Information Base (MIB) definitions.
+.El
+.Pp
+.It tabset/
+Tab description files for a variety of terminals; used in
+the termcap file (see
+.Xr termcap 5 ) .
+.It terminfo/
+Compiled terminal characteristic files (see
+.Xr terminfo 5 ) .
+.It texinfo/
+Templates for
+.Xr texinfo 5 .
+.It zoneinfo/
+Time zone configuration information (see
+.Xr tzfile 5 ) .
+.El
+.Pp
+.It src/
+.Bx
+and/or local source files.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "usr.sbin/" -compact
+.It bin/
+Source for files in
+.Pa /bin .
+.It distrib/
+Source for making distribution sets.
+.It etc/
+Source for files in
+.Pa /etc .
+.It games/
+Source for files in
+.Pa /usr/games .
+.It gnu/
+Source for files under GPL or other restrictive licenses.
+.It include/
+Source for files in
+.Pa /usr/include .
+.It lib/
+Source for files in
+.Pa /usr/lib .
+.It libexec/
+Source for files in
+.Pa /usr/libexec .
+.It regress/
+Regress framework.
+.It sbin/
+Source for files in
+.Pa /sbin .
+.It share/
+Source for files in
+.Pa /usr/share .
+.It sys/
+Kernel source files.
+.It usr.bin/
+Source for files in
+.Pa /usr/bin .
+.It usr.sbin/
+Source for files in
+.Pa /usr/sbin .
+.El
+.Pp
+.It xenocara/
+Source for the X11 window system.
+.Pp
+.It xobj/
+Architecture specific target tree produced by building the
+.Pa /usr/xenocara
+tree.
+.El
+.It /var/
+Multi-purpose log, temporary, transient, and spool files.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "sysmerge/" -compact
+.It account/
+System accounting files.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width acct -compact
+.It acct
+Execution accounting file (see
+.Xr acct 5 ) .
+.El
+.Pp
+.It agentx/
+Master socket for AgentX-based backends,
+managed by
+.Xr snmpd 8 .
+.It audit/
+Audit logs.
+.It authpf/
+PID file for
+.Xr authpf 8 .
+.It backups/
+Miscellaneous backup files.
+.It cache/
+Data cached for programs.
+.It crash/
+Crash dumps written by
+.Xr savecore 8 .
+.It cron/
+Spools and configuration files for
+.Xr cron 8
+and
+.Xr at 1 .
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width atjobs/ -compact
+.It atjobs/
+.Xr at 1
+jobs.
+.It tabs/
+Individual
+.Xr crontab 1
+files.
+.El
+.Pp
+.It db/
+Miscellaneous, automatically generated system-specific database files.
+.It empty/
+Generic
+.Xr chroot 2
+directory.
+.It games/
+Miscellaneous game status and log files.
+.It log/
+Miscellaneous system log files.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width rdist/ -compact
+.It wtmp
+Login/logout log (see
+.Xr wtmp 5 ) .
+.It rdist/
+Log files for
+.Xr rdist 1 .
+.El
+.Pp
+.It mail/
+User mailbox files.
+.It nsd/
+Database and zone files for
+.Xr nsd 8 .
+.It quotas/
+Filesystem quota information files.
+.It run/
+System information files describing various info about the
+system since it was booted.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width rc.d/ -compact
+.It rc.d/
+Details of currently running daemons;
+used by
+.Xr rc.d 8 .
+.It utmp
+Database of current users (see
+.Xr utmp 5 ) .
+.El
+.Pp
+.It spool/
+Miscellaneous printer and mail system spooling directories.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "output/" -compact
+.It ftp/
+Commonly ~ftp; the anonymous ftp root directory.
+.It lock/
+Lock files for utilities such as
+.Xr pppd 8 .
+.It output/
+Line printer spooling directories.
+.It smtpd/
+Mail spool for
+.Xr smtpd 8 .
+.El
+.Pp
+.It sysmerge/
+Checksum files and reference sets
+for
+.Xr sysmerge 8 .
+.It syspatch/
+Rollback tarballs and patch files for
+.Xr syspatch 8 .
+.It tmp -> ../tmp
+A symbolic link to the system
+.Pa /tmp
+directory.
+To protect other users of
+.Pa /var
+from overfill conditions, this is no longer a space you can trust to
+retain storage over a reboot.
+Periodically cleaned by
+.Xr daily 8 .
+.It unbound/
+Configuration files for
+.Xr unbound 8 .
+.It www/
+Configuration files for
+.Xr httpd 8 .
+.It yp/
+Files for the
+.Xr yp 8
+subsystem.
+.El
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr apropos 1 ,
+.Xr find 1 ,
+.Xr locate 1 ,
+.Xr whatis 1 ,
+.Xr whereis 1 ,
+.Xr which 1
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+manual page appeared in
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/hostname.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/hostname.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..13ccd601
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/hostname.7
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: hostname.7,v 1.11 2019/05/12 16:55:11 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: hostname.7,v 1.4 1994/11/30 19:07:14 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1987, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)hostname.7	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/30/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: May 12 2019 $
+.Dt HOSTNAME 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm hostname
+.Nd host name resolution description
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+Hostnames are domains, where a domain is a hierarchical, dot-separated
+list of subdomains; for example, the machine monet, in the Berkeley
+subdomain of the EDU subdomain of the Internet would be represented as
+.Pp
+.Dl monet.Berkeley.EDU
+.Pp
+(with no trailing dot).
+.Pp
+Hostnames are often used with network client and server programs,
+which must generally translate the name to an address for use.
+(This function is generally performed by the library routine
+.Xr gethostbyname 3 . )
+Hostnames are resolved by the Internet name resolver in the following
+fashion.
+.Pp
+If the input name ends with a trailing dot,
+the trailing dot is removed,
+and the remaining name is looked up with no further processing.
+.Pp
+If the input name does not end with a trailing dot, it is looked up
+by searching through a list of domains until a match is found.
+The default search list includes first the local domain,
+then its parent domains with at least 2 name components (longest first).
+For example,
+in the domain CS.Berkeley.EDU, the name lithium.CChem will be checked first
+as lithium.CChem.CS.Berkeley.EDU and then as lithium.CChem.Berkeley.EDU.
+Lithium.CChem.EDU will not be tried, as there is only one component
+remaining from the local domain.
+The search path can be changed from the default
+by a system-wide configuration file (see
+.Xr resolv.conf 5 ) .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr gethostbyname 3 ,
+.Xr resolv.conf 5 ,
+.Xr nsd 8 ,
+.Xr unbound 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+manual page appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/intro.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/intro.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3eb37239
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/intro.7
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: intro.7,v 1.20 2018/09/30 13:24:33 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: intro.7,v 1.3 1994/11/30 19:07:15 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)intro.7	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 30 2018 $
+.Dt INTRO 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm intro
+.Nd miscellaneous information pages
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The manual pages in section 7 contain miscellaneous documentation.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "mirroring-ports(7)" -compact
+.It Xr ascii 7
+Map of ASCII character set.
+.It Xr environ 7
+User environment.
+.It Xr eqn 7
+Eqn language reference for
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Xr glob 7
+Shell-style pattern matching.
+.It Xr hier 7
+File system hierarchy.
+.It Xr hostname 7
+Hostname resolution rules.
+.It Xr library-specs 7
+Shared library name specifications.
+.It Xr man 7
+Man language reference.
+.It Xr mandoc_char 7
+Mandoc special characters.
+.It Xr mdoc 7
+Mdoc language reference.
+.It Xr mirroring-ports 7
+How to build a mirror for ports distfiles.
+.It Xr operator 7
+C operator precedence.
+.It Xr packages 7
+Overview of the binary package system.
+.It Xr packages-specs 7
+Binary package names specifications.
+.It Xr pkgpath 7
+Ports tree location for a package build.
+.It Xr ports 7
+Contributed applications.
+.It Xr re_format 7
+POSIX regular expressions.
+.It Xr roff 7
+Roff language reference for
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Xr script 7
+Interpreter script execution.
+.It Xr securelevel 7
+The securelevel kernel state and its effects.
+.It Xr sndio 7
+Interface to audio and MIDI.
+.It Xr symlink 7
+Symbolic link handling.
+.It Xr tbl 7
+Tbl language reference for
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Xr term 7
+Conventions for naming terminal types.
+.El
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Nm
+manual for section 7 appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/library-specs.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/library-specs.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e0d82d62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/library-specs.7
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: library-specs.7,v 1.13 2018/07/09 15:34:10 jmc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001-2010 Marc Espie
+.\"
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPERS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DEVELOPERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 9 2018 $
+.Dt LIBRARY-SPECS 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm library-specs
+.Nd shared library name specifications
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+Each
+.Ev WANTLIB
+item in the ports tree conforms to
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+[path/]libname[=major[.minor]]
+.Ed
+.Pp
+or
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+[path/]libname[>=major[.minor]]
+.Ed
+.Pp
+All libraries that a package needs must be mentioned in that list.
+Except for system and X11 libraries, they all must be reachable through
+.Ev LIB_DEPENDS
+and
+.Ev RUN_DEPENDS ,
+directly, or indirectly through recursive dependencies.
+.Pp
+Conversely, the ports tree
+uses
+.Ev WANTLIB
+to check whether a given
+.Ev LIB_DEPENDS
+will be required at runtime for shared libraries, and thus turn it into a
+.Cm @depend
+line
+.Po
+see
+.Xr pkg_create 1
+.Pc .
+.Pp
+The package system will embed correct dependency checks in the built
+package in the form of
+.Cm @wantlib
+lines, according to the normal shared library semantics: any library with
+the same major number, and a greater or equal minor number will do.
+.Pp
+Note that static libraries can only satisfy a library specification if
+no shared library has been found.
+Thus, if WANTLIB = foo>=5, and both libfoo.so.4.0 and libfoo.a are present,
+the check will fail.
+.Pp
+Therefore, porters must strive to respect correct shared library semantics
+in their own ports: by bumping the minor number each time the interface is
+augmented, and by bumping the major number each time the interface changes.
+Note that adding functions to a library is an interface augmentation.
+Removing functions is an interface change.
+.Pp
+The major.minor components of the library specification are used only as a
+build-time check, the run-time checks are computed by
+.Xr port-resolve-lib-helper 1 .
+For
+.Sq libname>=major[.minor] ,
+any library which is more recent than the given major.minor version will
+do.
+If a specific major number is needed, use the form
+.Sq libname=major[.minor] .
+If the minor component is left empty, any minor will do.
+If both components are left empty, any version will do.
+.Pp
+Most specifications won't mention a
+.Pa path :
+.Xr port-resolve-lib-helper 1
+will look in the default
+.Xr ldconfig 8
+path automatically, namely
+.Pa /usr/local/lib ,
+.Pa /usr/X11R6/lib ,
+.Pa /usr/lib .
+It is generally a bad idea to put libraries elsewhere as they won't be
+reached directly.
+.Pp
+However, distinct ports may install different major versions of the same
+library in
+.Pa /usr/local/lib ,
+and disambiguate the build by creating a link in a separate directory,
+and specifying the right options to the linker.
+.Pp
+These libraries will require a
+.Pa path
+component in the corresponding
+.Ev WANTLIB
+to make sure the right library is resolved.
+This path is rooted under
+.Pa /usr/local .
+For instance, to refer to
+.Pa /usr/local/lib/qt3/libqt-mt.so.33.0 ,
+one would use
+.Sq lib/qt3/qt-mt>=33 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr check-lib-depends 1 ,
+.Xr ld 1 ,
+.Xr ld.so 1 ,
+.Xr pkg_add 1 ,
+.Xr port-resolve-lib-helper 1 ,
+.Xr bsd.port.mk 5 ,
+.Xr packages 7 ,
+.Xr packages-specs 7 ,
+.Xr ports 7 ,
+.Xr ldconfig 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+Full support for library specifications first appeared in
+.Ox 3.1 .
+The format of specifications changed slightly to include
+.Sq >=
+before
+.Ox 4.0 .
+The interactions between
+.Ev LIB_DEPENDS
+and
+.Ev WANTLIB
+were modified and clarified for
+.Ox 4.8 .
+The format of specifications changed again before
+.Ox 4.9
+to remove extra noise.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/man.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/man.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f3942ad3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/man.7
@@ -0,0 +1,672 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: man.7,v 1.67 2025/11/03 09:59:05 bentley Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2011-2015, 2017-2020, 2023, 2025
+.\"               Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017 Anthony J. Bentley <bentley@openbsd.org>
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010 Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@netbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: November 3 2025 $
+.Dt MAN 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm man
+.Nd legacy formatting language for manual pages
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm man
+language was the standard formatting language for
+.At
+manual pages from 1979 to 1989.
+Do not use it to write new manual pages: it is a purely presentational
+language and lacks support for semantic markup.
+Use the
+.Xr mdoc 7
+language, instead.
+.Pp
+In a
+.Nm
+document, lines beginning with the control character
+.Sq \&.
+are called
+.Dq macro lines .
+The first word is the macro name.
+It usually consists of two capital letters.
+For a list of portable macros, see
+.Sx MACRO OVERVIEW .
+The words following the macro name are arguments to the macro.
+.Pp
+Lines not beginning with the control character are called
+.Dq text lines .
+They provide free-form text to be printed; the formatting of the text
+depends on the respective processing context:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.SH Macro lines change control state.
+Text lines are interpreted within the current state.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Many aspects of the basic syntax of the
+.Nm
+language are based on the
+.Xr roff 7
+language; see the
+.Em LANGUAGE SYNTAX
+and
+.Em MACRO SYNTAX
+sections in the
+.Xr roff 7
+manual for details, in particular regarding
+comments, escape sequences, whitespace, and quoting.
+.Pp
+Each
+.Nm
+document starts with the
+.Ic TH
+macro specifying the document's name and section, followed by the
+.Sx NAME
+section formatted as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.TH PROGNAME 1 1979-01-10
+\&.SH NAME
+\efBprogname\efR \e(en one line about what it does
+.Ed
+.Sh MACRO OVERVIEW
+This overview is sorted such that macros of similar purpose are listed
+together.
+Deprecated and non-portable macros are not included in the overview,
+but can be found in the alphabetical reference below.
+.Ss Page header and footer meta-data
+.Bl -column "RS, RE" description
+.It Ic TH Ta set the title: Ar name section date Op Ar source Op Ar volume
+.It Ic AT Ta display AT&T UNIX version in the page footer (<= 2 arguments)
+.It Ic UC Ta display BSD version in the page footer (<= 1 argument)
+.El
+.Ss Sections and paragraphs
+.Bl -column "RS, RE" description
+.It Ic SH Ta section header (one line)
+.It Ic SS Ta subsection header (one line)
+.It Ic PP Ta start an undecorated paragraph (no arguments)
+.It Ic IP Ta indented paragraph: Op Ar head Op Ar width
+.It Ic TP Ta tagged paragraph: Op Ar width
+.It Ic HP Ta hanged paragraph: Op Ar width
+.It Ic PD Ta set vertical paragraph distance: Op Ar height
+.It Ic EX , EE Ta display an example (no arguments)
+.It Ic RS , RE Ta reset the left margin: Op Ar width
+.It Ic in Ta additional indent: Op Ar width
+.El
+.Ss Physical markup
+.Bl -column "RS, RE" description
+.It Ic B Ta boldface font
+.It Ic I Ta italic font
+.It Ic SB Ta small boldface font
+.It Ic SM Ta small roman font
+.It Ic BI Ta alternate between boldface and italic fonts
+.It Ic BR Ta alternate between boldface and roman fonts
+.It Ic IB Ta alternate between italic and boldface fonts
+.It Ic IR Ta alternate between italic and roman fonts
+.It Ic RB Ta alternate between roman and boldface fonts
+.It Ic RI Ta alternate between roman and italic fonts
+.El
+.Sh MACRO REFERENCE
+This section is a canonical reference to all macros, arranged
+alphabetically.
+For the scoping of individual macros, see
+.Sx MACRO SYNTAX .
+.Bl -tag -width 3n
+.It Ic AT
+Sets the volume for the footer for compatibility with man pages from
+.At
+releases.
+The optional arguments specify which release it is from.
+This macro is an extension that first appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 .
+.It Ic B
+Text is rendered in bold face.
+.It Ic BI
+Text is rendered alternately in bold face and italic.
+Thus,
+.Sq .BI this word and that
+causes
+.Sq this
+and
+.Sq and
+to render in bold face, while
+.Sq word
+and
+.Sq that
+render in italics.
+Whitespace between arguments is omitted in output.
+.Pp
+Example:
+.Pp
+.Dl \&.BI bold italic bold italic
+.It Ic BR
+Text is rendered alternately in bold face and roman (the default font).
+Whitespace between arguments is omitted in output.
+See also
+.Ic BI .
+.It Ic DT
+Restore the default tabulator positions.
+They are at intervals of 0.5 inches.
+This has no effect unless the tabulator positions were changed with the
+.Xr roff 7
+.Ic ta
+request.
+.It Ic EE
+End an example block started with
+.Ic EX .
+This is a Version 9
+.At
+extension later adopted by GNU.
+In
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+it does the same as the
+.Xr roff 7
+.Ic fi
+request (switch to fill mode).
+.It Ic EX
+Begin a block to display an example.
+This is a Version 9
+.At
+extension later adopted by GNU.
+In
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+it does the same as the
+.Xr roff 7
+.Ic nf
+request (switch to no-fill mode).
+.It Ic HP
+Begin a paragraph whose initial output line is left-justified, but
+subsequent output lines are indented, with the following syntax:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf . Ic HP Op Ar width
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar width
+argument is a
+.Xr roff 7
+scaling width.
+If specified, it's saved for later paragraph left margins;
+if unspecified, the saved or default width is used.
+.It Ic I
+Text is rendered in italics.
+.It Ic IB
+Text is rendered alternately in italics and bold face.
+Whitespace between arguments is omitted in output.
+See also
+.Ic BI .
+.It Ic IP
+Begin an indented paragraph with the following syntax:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf . Ic IP Op Ar head Op Ar width
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar width
+argument is a
+.Xr roff 7
+scaling width defining the left margin.
+It's saved for later paragraph left-margins; if unspecified, the saved or
+default width is used.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar head
+argument is used as a leading term, flushed to the left margin.
+This is useful for bulleted paragraphs and so on.
+.It Ic IR
+Text is rendered alternately in italics and roman (the default font).
+Whitespace between arguments is omitted in output.
+See also
+.Ic BI .
+.It Ic LP
+A synonym for
+.Ic PP .
+.It Ic ME
+End a mailto block started with
+.Ic MT .
+This is a GNU extension.
+.It Ic MR
+Reference another manual page.
+This is a Plan 9 extension also supported by GNU.
+It has the following syntax:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf . Ic MR Ar name section Op Ar suffix
+.Pp
+The optional, single
+.Ar suffix
+argument is appended without preceding whitespace
+and typically used for trailing punctuation.
+.It Ic MT
+Begin a mailto block.
+This is a GNU extension.
+It has the following syntax:
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+.Pf . Ic MT Ar address
+link description to be shown
+.Pf . Ic ME
+.Ed
+.It Ic OP
+Optional command-line argument.
+This is a deprecated GNU extension.
+The name and purpose of the macro match an earlier DWB extension,
+but both the syntax and semantics are incompatible.
+In GNU and
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+it has the following syntax:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf . Ic OP Ar key Op Ar value
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar key
+is usually a command-line flag and
+.Ar value
+its argument.
+.It Ic P
+This synonym for
+.Ic PP
+is an
+.At III
+extension later adopted by
+.Bx 4.3 .
+.It Ic PD
+Specify the vertical space to be inserted before each new paragraph.
+.br
+The syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf . Ic PD Op Ar height
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar height
+argument is a
+.Xr roff 7
+scaling width.
+It defaults to
+.Cm 1v .
+If the unit is omitted,
+.Cm v
+is assumed.
+.Pp
+This macro affects the spacing before any subsequent instances of
+.Ic HP ,
+.Ic IP ,
+.Ic LP ,
+.Ic P ,
+.Ic PP ,
+.Ic SH ,
+.Ic SS ,
+.Ic SY ,
+and
+.Ic TP .
+.It Ic PP
+Begin an undecorated paragraph.
+The scope of a paragraph is closed by a subsequent paragraph,
+sub-section, section, or end of file.
+The saved paragraph left-margin width is reset to the default.
+.It Ic RB
+Text is rendered alternately in roman (the default font) and bold face.
+Whitespace between arguments is omitted in output.
+See also
+.Ic BI .
+.It Ic RE
+Explicitly close out the scope of a prior
+.Ic RS .
+The default left margin is restored to the state before that
+.Ic RS
+invocation.
+.Pp
+The syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf . Ic RE Op Ar level
+.Pp
+Without an argument, the most recent
+.Ic RS
+block is closed out.
+If
+.Ar level
+is 1, all open
+.Ic RS
+blocks are closed out.
+Otherwise,
+.Ar level No \(mi 1
+nested
+.Ic RS
+blocks remain open.
+.It Ic RI
+Text is rendered alternately in roman (the default font) and italics.
+Whitespace between arguments is omitted in output.
+See also
+.Ic BI .
+.It Ic RS
+Temporarily reset the default left margin.
+This has the following syntax:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf . Ic RS Op Ar width
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar width
+argument is a
+.Xr roff 7
+scaling width.
+If not specified, the saved or default width is used.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic RE .
+.It Ic SB
+Text is rendered in small size (one point smaller than the default font)
+bold face.
+This macro is an extension that probably first appeared in SunOS 4.0
+and was later adopted by GNU and by
+.Bx 4.4 .
+.It Ic SH
+Begin a section.
+The scope of a section is only closed by another section or the end of
+file.
+The paragraph left-margin width is reset to the default.
+.It Ic SM
+Text is rendered in small size (one point smaller than the default
+font).
+.It Ic SS
+Begin a sub-section.
+The scope of a sub-section is closed by a subsequent sub-section,
+section, or end of file.
+The paragraph left-margin width is reset to the default.
+.It Ic SY
+Begin a synopsis block with the following syntax:
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+.Pf . Ic SY Ar command
+.Ar arguments
+.Pf . Ic YS
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This is a GNU extension and rarely used even in GNU manual pages.
+Formatting is similar to
+.Ic IP .
+.It Ic TH
+Set the name of the manual page for use in the page header
+and footer with the following syntax:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf . Ic TH Ar name section date Op Ar source Op Ar volume
+.Pp
+Conventionally, the document
+.Ar name
+is given in all caps.
+The
+.Ar section
+is usually a single digit, in a few cases followed by a letter.
+The recommended
+.Ar date
+format is
+.Sy YYYY-MM-DD
+as specified in the ISO-8601 standard;
+if the argument does not conform, it is printed verbatim.
+If the
+.Ar date
+is empty or not specified, the current date is used.
+The optional
+.Ar source
+string specifies the organisation providing the utility.
+When unspecified,
+.Xr mandoc 1
+uses its
+.Fl Ios
+argument.
+The
+.Ar volume
+string replaces the default volume title of the
+.Ar section .
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Pp
+.Dl \&.TH CVS 5 "1992-02-12" GNU
+.It Ic TP
+Begin a paragraph where the head, if exceeding the indentation width, is
+followed by a newline; if not, the body follows on the same line after
+advancing to the indentation width.
+Subsequent output lines are indented.
+The syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+.Pf . Ic TP Op Ar width
+.Ar head No \e" one line
+.Ar body
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar width
+argument is a
+.Xr roff 7
+scaling width.
+If specified, it's saved for later paragraph left-margins; if
+unspecified, the saved or default width is used.
+.It Ic TQ
+Like
+.Ic TP ,
+except that no vertical spacing is inserted before the paragraph.
+This is a GNU extension.
+.It Ic UC
+Sets the volume for the footer for compatibility with man pages from
+.Bx
+releases.
+The optional first argument specifies which release it is from.
+This macro is an extension that first appeared in
+.Bx 3 .
+.It Ic UE
+End a uniform resource identifier block started with
+.Ic UR .
+This is a GNU extension.
+.It Ic UR
+Begin a uniform resource identifier block.
+This is a GNU extension.
+It has the following syntax:
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+.Pf . Ic UR Ar uri
+link description to be shown
+.Pf . Ic UE
+.Ed
+.It Ic YS
+End a synopsis block started with
+.Ic SY .
+This is a GNU extension.
+.It Ic in
+Indent relative to the current indentation:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf . Ic in Op Ar width
+.Pp
+If
+.Ar width
+is signed, the new offset is relative.
+Otherwise, it is absolute.
+This value is reset upon the next paragraph, section, or sub-section.
+.El
+.Sh MACRO SYNTAX
+The
+.Nm
+macros are classified by scope: line scope or block scope.
+Line macros are only scoped to the current line (and, in some
+situations, the subsequent line).
+Block macros are scoped to the current line and subsequent lines until
+closed by another block macro.
+.Ss Line Macros
+Line macros are generally scoped to the current line, with the body
+consisting of zero or more arguments.
+If a macro is scoped to the next line and the line arguments are empty,
+the next line, which must be text, is used instead.
+Thus:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.I
+foo
+.Ed
+.Pp
+is equivalent to
+.Sq .I foo .
+If next-line macros are invoked consecutively, only the last is used.
+If a next-line macro is followed by a non-next-line macro, an error is
+raised.
+.Pp
+The syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.\e" current-line syntax
+\&.YO \(lBbody ...\(rB
+
+\&.\e" next-line syntax
+\&.YO
+body ...
+.Ed
+.Bl -column -offset indent\
+      "Macro"     "Arguments"     "curr and next"     "Version 9 AT&T UNIX"
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Arguments Ta Em Line Scope    Ta Em Notes
+.It Ic AT    Ta    0 to 2    Ta    current       Ta    \&
+.It Ic B     Ta    1 or more Ta    curr or next  Ta    \&
+.It Ic BI    Ta    2 or more Ta    current       Ta    \&
+.It Ic BR    Ta    2 or more Ta    current       Ta    \&
+.It Ic DT    Ta    0         Ta    none          Ta    \&
+.It Ic EE    Ta    0         Ta    none          Ta    Version 9 At
+.It Ic EX    Ta    0         Ta    none          Ta    Version 9 At
+.It Ic I     Ta    1 or more Ta    curr or next  Ta    \&
+.It Ic IB    Ta    2 or more Ta    current       Ta    \&
+.It Ic IR    Ta    2 or more Ta    current       Ta    \&
+.It Ic MR    Ta    2 or 3    Ta    current       Ta    Plan 9
+.It Ic OP    Ta    1 or 2    Ta    current       Ta    GNU
+.It Ic PD    Ta    0 or 1    Ta    current       Ta    \&
+.It Ic RB    Ta    2 or more Ta    current       Ta    \&
+.It Ic RI    Ta    2 or more Ta    current       Ta    \&
+.It Ic SB    Ta    1 or more Ta    curr or next  Ta    \&
+.It Ic SM    Ta    1 or more Ta    curr or next  Ta    \&
+.It Ic TH    Ta    3 to 5    Ta    current       Ta    \&
+.It Ic UC    Ta    0 or 1    Ta    current       Ta    \&
+.It Ic in    Ta    0 or 1    Ta    current       Ta    Xr roff 7
+.El
+.Ss Block Macros
+Block macros comprise a head and body.
+As with in-line macros, the head is scoped to the current line or,
+for some macros, to the next line (the next-line stipulations as in
+.Sx Line Macros
+apply here as well).
+.Pp
+The syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.\e" current-line syntax
+\&.YO \(lBhead ...\(rB
+body ...
+\&...
+
+\&.\e" next-line syntax
+\&.YO \(lBhead\(rB
+head ...
+body ...
+\&...
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The closure of body scope may be to the section, where a macro is closed
+by
+.Ic SH ;
+sub-section, closed by a section or
+.Ic SS ;
+paragraph, closed by a section, sub-section,
+.Ic HP ,
+.Ic IP ,
+.Ic LP ,
+.Ic P ,
+.Ic PP ,
+.Ic RS ,
+.Ic SY ,
+.Ic TP ,
+or
+.Ic TQ ;
+or to an explicit block closing macro.
+.Pp
+As a rule, block macros may not be nested; thus, calling a block macro
+while another block macro scope is open, and the open scope is not
+implicitly closed, is syntactically incorrect.
+.Bl -column -offset indent\
+      "Macro"     "Arguments"     "curr and next"     "sub-section"     "Notes"
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Arguments Ta Em Head Scope    Ta Em Body Scope  Ta Em Notes
+.It Ic HP    Ta    0 or 1    Ta    current       Ta    paragraph   Ta    \&
+.It Ic IP    Ta    0 to 2    Ta    current       Ta    paragraph   Ta    \&
+.It Ic LP    Ta    0         Ta    none          Ta    paragraph   Ta    \&
+.It Ic ME    Ta    0 or 1    Ta    current       Ta    none        Ta    GNU
+.It Ic MT    Ta    1         Ta    current       Ta    to \&ME     Ta    GNU
+.It Ic P     Ta    0         Ta    none          Ta    paragraph   Ta    \&
+.It Ic PP    Ta    0         Ta    none          Ta    paragraph   Ta    \&
+.It Ic RE    Ta    0 or 1    Ta    current       Ta    none        Ta    \&
+.It Ic RS    Ta    0 or 1    Ta    current       Ta    to \&RE     Ta    \&
+.It Ic SH    Ta    1 or more Ta    curr or next  Ta    section     Ta    \&
+.It Ic SS    Ta    1 or more Ta    curr or next  Ta    sub-section Ta    \&
+.It Ic SY    Ta    1         Ta    current       Ta    to \&YS     Ta    GNU
+.It Ic TP    Ta    0 or 1    Ta    curr and next Ta    paragraph   Ta    \&
+.It Ic TQ    Ta    0 or 1    Ta    curr and next Ta    paragraph   Ta    GNU
+.It Ic UE    Ta    0 or 1    Ta    current       Ta    none        Ta    GNU
+.It Ic UR    Ta    1         Ta    current       Ta    to \&UE     Ta    GNU
+.It Ic YS    Ta    0         Ta    none          Ta    none        Ta    GNU
+.El
+.Pp
+If a block macro is next-line scoped, it may only be followed by in-line
+macros for decorating text.
+.Ss Font handling
+In
+.Nm
+documents, both
+.Sx Physical markup
+macros and
+.Xr roff 7
+.Ql \ef
+font escape sequences can be used to choose fonts.
+In text lines, the effect of manual font selection by escape sequences
+only lasts until the next macro invocation; in macro lines, it only lasts
+until the end of the macro scope.
+Note that macros like
+.Ic BR
+open and close a font scope for each argument.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr man 1 ,
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr eqn 7 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr roff 7 ,
+.Xr tbl 7
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+language first appeared as a macro package for the roff typesetting
+system in
+.At v7 .
+.Pp
+The stand-alone implementation that is part of the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility first appeared in
+.Ox 4.6 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+.An Douglas McIlroy Aq Mt m.douglas.mcilroy@dartmouth.edu
+designed and implemented the original version of these macros,
+wrote the original version of this manual page,
+and was the first to use them when he edited volume 1 of the
+.At v7
+manual pages.
+.Pp
+.An James Clark
+later rewrote the macros for groff.
+.An Eric S. Raymond Aq Mt esr@thyrsus.com
+and
+.An Werner Lemberg Aq Mt wl@gnu.org
+added the extended
+.Nm
+macros to groff in 2007.
+.Pp
+The
+.Xr mandoc 1
+program and this
+.Nm
+reference were written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons Aq Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/mandoc_char.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/mandoc_char.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..178302c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/mandoc_char.7
@@ -0,0 +1,834 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: mandoc_char.7,v 1.44 2022/06/02 14:49:25 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Jason McIntyre <jmc@openbsd.org>
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\" Copyright (c) 2011, 2013, 2015, 2017-2020, 2022
+.\"               Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 2 2022 $
+.Dt MANDOC_CHAR 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mandoc_char
+.Nd mandoc special characters
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+This page documents the
+.Xr roff 7
+escape sequences accepted by
+.Xr mandoc 1
+to represent special characters in
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+documents.
+.Pp
+The rendering depends on the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+output mode; it can be inspected by calling
+.Xr man 1
+on the
+.Nm
+manual page with different
+.Fl T
+arguments.
+In ASCII output, the rendering of some characters may be hard
+to interpret for the reader.
+Many are rendered as descriptive strings like
+.Qq <integral> ,
+.Qq <degree> ,
+or
+.Qq <Gamma> ,
+which may look ugly, and many are replaced by similar ASCII characters.
+In particular, accented characters are usually shown without the accent.
+For that reason, try to avoid using any of the special characters
+documented here except those discussed in the
+.Sx DESCRIPTION ,
+unless they are essential for explaining the subject matter at hand,
+for example when documenting complicated mathematical functions.
+.Pp
+In particular, in English manual pages, do not use special-character
+escape sequences to represent national language characters in author
+names; instead, provide ASCII transcriptions of the names.
+.Ss Dashes and Hyphens
+In typography there are different types of dashes of various width:
+the hyphen (\(hy),
+the en-dash (\(en),
+the em-dash (\(em),
+and the mathematical minus sign (\(mi).
+.Pp
+Hyphens are used for adjectives;
+to separate the two parts of a compound word;
+or to separate a word across two successive lines of text.
+The hyphen does not need to be escaped:
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+blue-eyed
+lorry-driver
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The en-dash is used to separate the two elements of a range,
+or can be used the same way as an em-dash.
+It should be written as
+.Sq \e(en :
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+pp. 95\e(en97.
+Go away \e(en or else!
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The em-dash can be used to show an interruption
+or can be used the same way as colons, semi-colons, or parentheses.
+It should be written as
+.Sq \e(em :
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+Three things \e(em apples, oranges, and bananas.
+This is not that \e(em rather, this is that.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+In
+.Xr roff 7
+documents, the minus sign is normally written as
+.Sq \e- .
+In manual pages, some style guides recommend to also use
+.Sq \e-
+if an ASCII 0x2d
+.Dq hyphen-minus
+output glyph that can be copied and pasted is desired in output modes
+supporting it, for example in
+.Fl T Cm utf8
+and
+.Fl T Cm html .
+But currently, no practically relevant manual page formatter requires
+that subtlety, so in manual pages, it is sufficient to write plain
+.Sq -
+to represent hyphen, minus, and hyphen-minus.
+.Pp
+If a word on a text input line contains a hyphen, a formatter may decide
+to insert an output line break after the hyphen if that helps filling
+the current output line, but the whole word would overflow the line.
+If it is important that the word is not broken across lines in this
+way, a zero-width space
+.Pq Sq \e&
+can be inserted before or after the hyphen.
+While
+.Xr mandoc 1
+never breaks the output line after hyphens adjacent to a zero-width
+space, after any of the other dash- or hyphen-like characters
+represented by escape sequences, or after hyphens inside words in
+macro arguments, other software may not respect these rules and may
+break the line even in such cases.
+.Pp
+Some
+.Xr roff 7
+implementations contains dictionaries allowing to break the line
+at syllable boundaries even inside words that contain no hyphens.
+Such automatic hyphenation is not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+which only breaks the line at whitespace, and inside words only
+after existing hyphens.
+.Ss Spaces
+To separate words in normal text, for indenting and alignment
+in literal context, and when none of the following special cases apply,
+just use the normal space character
+.Pq Sq \  .
+.Pp
+When filling text, output lines may be broken between words, i.e. at space
+characters.
+To prevent a line break between two particular words,
+use the unpaddable non-breaking space escape sequence
+.Pq Sq \e\ \&
+instead of the normal space character.
+For example, the input string
+.Dq number\e\ 1
+will be kept together as
+.Dq number\ 1
+on the same output line.
+.Pp
+On request and macro lines, the normal space character serves as an
+argument delimiter.
+To include whitespace into arguments, quoting is usually the best choice;
+see the MACRO SYNTAX section in
+.Xr roff 7 .
+In some cases, using the non-breaking space escape sequence
+.Pq Sq \e\ \&
+may be preferable.
+.Pp
+To escape macro names and to protect whitespace at the end
+of input lines, the zero-width space
+.Pq Sq \e&
+is often useful.
+For example, in
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+a normal space character can be displayed in single quotes in either
+of the following ways:
+.Pp
+.Dl .Sq \(dq \(dq
+.Dl .Sq \e \e&
+.Ss Quotes
+On request and macro lines, the double-quote character
+.Pq Sq \(dq
+is handled specially to allow quoting.
+One way to prevent this special handling is by using the
+.Sq \e(dq
+escape sequence.
+.Pp
+Note that on text lines, literal double-quote characters can be used
+verbatim.
+All other quote-like characters can be used verbatim as well,
+even on request and macro lines.
+.Ss Accents
+In output modes supporting such special output characters, for example
+.Fl T Cm pdf ,
+and sometimes less consistently in
+.Fl T Cm utf8 ,
+some
+.Xr roff 7
+formatters convert the following ASCII input characters to the
+following Unicode special output characters:
+.Bl -column x(ga U+2018 -offset indent
+.It \(ga Ta U+2018 Ta left single quotation mark
+.It \(aq Ta U+2019 Ta right single quotation mark
+.It \(ti Ta U+02DC Ta small tilde
+.It \(ha Ta U+02C6 Ta modifier letter circumflex
+.El
+.Pp
+In prose, this automatic substitution is often desirable;
+but when these characters have to be displayed as plain ASCII
+characters, for example in source code samples, they require
+escaping to render as follows:
+.Bl -column x(ga U+2018 -offset indent
+.It \e(ga Ta U+0060 Ta grave accent
+.It \e(aq Ta U+0027 Ta apostrophe
+.It \e(ti Ta U+007E Ta tilde
+.It \e(ha Ta U+005E Ta circumflex accent
+.El
+.Ss Periods
+The period
+.Pq Sq \&.
+is handled specially at the beginning of an input line,
+where it introduces a
+.Xr roff 7
+request or a macro, and when appearing alone as a macro argument in
+.Xr mdoc 7 .
+In such situations, prepend a zero-width space
+.Pq Sq \e&.\&
+to make it behave like normal text.
+.Pp
+Do not use the character pair
+.Sq \e.
+to escape a period because
+.Sq \e.
+is not a character escape sequence, does not prevent special handling
+of the period under normal circumstances, and is only intended to
+be used in the very special situation of defining a user-defined
+macro that, when called, defines another user-defined macro, which
+no manual page is ever supposed to do.
+.Ss Backslashes
+To include a literal backslash
+.Pq Sq \e
+into the output, use the
+.Pq Sq \ee
+escape sequence.
+.Pp
+Note that doubling it
+.Pq Sq \e\e
+is not the right way to output a backslash.
+Because
+.Xr mandoc 1
+does not implement full
+.Xr roff 7
+functionality, it may work with
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+but it may have weird effects on complete
+.Xr roff 7
+implementations.
+.Sh SPECIAL CHARACTERS
+Special characters are encoded as
+.Sq \eX
+.Pq for a one-character escape ,
+.Sq \e(XX
+.Pq two-character ,
+and
+.Sq \e[N]
+.Pq N-character .
+For details, see the
+.Em Special Characters
+subsection of the
+.Xr roff 7
+manual.
+.Pp
+Spaces, non-breaking unless stated otherwise:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Description
+.It Sq \e\ \& Ta unpaddable space
+.It \e\(ti   Ta paddable space
+.It \e0      Ta digit-width space
+.It \e|      Ta one-sixth \e(em narrow space, zero width in nroff mode
+.It \e^      Ta one-twelfth \e(em half-narrow space, zero width in nroff
+.It \e&      Ta zero-width space
+.It \e)      Ta zero-width space transparent to end-of-sentence detection
+.It \e%      Ta zero-width space allowing hyphenation
+.It \e:      Ta zero-width space allowing line break
+.El
+.Pp
+Lines:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(ba    Ta \(ba        Ta bar
+.It \e(br    Ta \(br        Ta box rule
+.It \e(ul    Ta \(ul        Ta underscore
+.It \e(ru    Ta \(ru        Ta underscore (width 0.5m)
+.It \e(rn    Ta \(rn        Ta overline
+.It \e(bb    Ta \(bb        Ta broken bar
+.It \e(sl    Ta \(sl        Ta forward slash
+.It \e(rs    Ta \(rs        Ta backward slash
+.El
+.Pp
+Text markers:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(ci    Ta \(ci        Ta circle
+.It \e(bu    Ta \(bu        Ta bullet
+.It \e(dd    Ta \(dd        Ta double dagger
+.It \e(dg    Ta \(dg        Ta dagger
+.It \e(lz    Ta \(lz        Ta lozenge
+.It \e(sq    Ta \(sq        Ta white square
+.It \e(ps    Ta \(ps        Ta paragraph
+.It \e(sc    Ta \(sc        Ta section
+.It \e(lh    Ta \(lh        Ta left hand
+.It \e(rh    Ta \(rh        Ta right hand
+.It \e(at    Ta \(at        Ta at
+.It \e(sh    Ta \(sh        Ta hash (pound)
+.It \e(CR    Ta \(CR        Ta carriage return
+.It \e(OK    Ta \(OK        Ta check mark
+.It \e(CL    Ta \(CL        Ta club suit
+.It \e(SP    Ta \(SP        Ta spade suit
+.It \e(HE    Ta \(HE        Ta heart suit
+.It \e(DI    Ta \(DI        Ta diamond suit
+.El
+.Pp
+Legal symbols:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(co    Ta \(co        Ta copyright
+.It \e(rg    Ta \(rg        Ta registered
+.It \e(tm    Ta \(tm        Ta trademarked
+.El
+.Pp
+Punctuation:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(em    Ta \(em        Ta em-dash
+.It \e(en    Ta \(en        Ta en-dash
+.It \e(hy    Ta \(hy        Ta hyphen
+.It \ee      Ta \e          Ta back-slash
+.It \e(r!    Ta \(r!        Ta upside-down exclamation
+.It \e(r?    Ta \(r?        Ta upside-down question
+.El
+.Pp
+Quotes:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(Bq    Ta \(Bq        Ta right low double-quote
+.It \e(bq    Ta \(bq        Ta right low single-quote
+.It \e(lq    Ta \(lq        Ta left double-quote
+.It \e(rq    Ta \(rq        Ta right double-quote
+.It \e(oq    Ta \(oq        Ta left single-quote
+.It \e(cq    Ta \(cq        Ta right single-quote
+.It \e(aq    Ta \(aq        Ta apostrophe quote (ASCII character)
+.It \e(dq    Ta \(dq        Ta double quote (ASCII character)
+.It \e(Fo    Ta \(Fo        Ta left guillemet
+.It \e(Fc    Ta \(Fc        Ta right guillemet
+.It \e(fo    Ta \(fo        Ta left single guillemet
+.It \e(fc    Ta \(fc        Ta right single guillemet
+.El
+.Pp
+Brackets:
+.Bl -column "xxbracketrightbtx" Rendered Description -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(lB    Ta \(lB        Ta left bracket
+.It \e(rB    Ta \(rB        Ta right bracket
+.It \e(lC    Ta \(lC        Ta left brace
+.It \e(rC    Ta \(rC        Ta right brace
+.It \e(la    Ta \(la        Ta left angle
+.It \e(ra    Ta \(ra        Ta right angle
+.It \e(bv    Ta \(bv        Ta brace extension (special font)
+.It \e[braceex] Ta \[braceex] Ta brace extension
+.It \e[bracketlefttp] Ta \[bracketlefttp] Ta top-left hooked bracket
+.It \e[bracketleftbt] Ta \[bracketleftbt] Ta bottom-left hooked bracket
+.It \e[bracketleftex] Ta \[bracketleftex] Ta left hooked bracket extension
+.It \e[bracketrighttp] Ta \[bracketrighttp] Ta top-right hooked bracket
+.It \e[bracketrightbt] Ta \[bracketrightbt] Ta bottom-right hooked bracket
+.It \e[bracketrightex] Ta \[bracketrightex] Ta right hooked bracket extension
+.It \e(lt    Ta \(lt        Ta top-left hooked brace
+.It \e[bracelefttp] Ta \[bracelefttp] Ta top-left hooked brace
+.It \e(lk    Ta \(lk        Ta mid-left hooked brace
+.It \e[braceleftmid] Ta \[braceleftmid] Ta mid-left hooked brace
+.It \e(lb    Ta \(lb        Ta bottom-left hooked brace
+.It \e[braceleftbt] Ta \[braceleftbt] Ta bottom-left hooked brace
+.It \e[braceleftex] Ta \[braceleftex] Ta left hooked brace extension
+.It \e(rt    Ta \(rt        Ta top-left hooked brace
+.It \e[bracerighttp] Ta \[bracerighttp] Ta top-right hooked brace
+.It \e(rk    Ta \(rk        Ta mid-right hooked brace
+.It \e[bracerightmid] Ta \[bracerightmid] Ta mid-right hooked brace
+.It \e(rb    Ta \(rb        Ta bottom-right hooked brace
+.It \e[bracerightbt] Ta \[bracerightbt] Ta bottom-right hooked brace
+.It \e[bracerightex] Ta \[bracerightex] Ta right hooked brace extension
+.It \e[parenlefttp] Ta \[parenlefttp] Ta top-left hooked parenthesis
+.It \e[parenleftbt] Ta \[parenleftbt] Ta bottom-left hooked parenthesis
+.It \e[parenleftex] Ta \[parenleftex] Ta left hooked parenthesis extension
+.It \e[parenrighttp] Ta \[parenrighttp] Ta top-right hooked parenthesis
+.It \e[parenrightbt] Ta \[parenrightbt] Ta bottom-right hooked parenthesis
+.It \e[parenrightex] Ta \[parenrightex] Ta right hooked parenthesis extension
+.El
+.Pp
+Arrows:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(<-    Ta \(<-        Ta left arrow
+.It \e(->    Ta \(->        Ta right arrow
+.It \e(<>    Ta \(<>        Ta left-right arrow
+.It \e(da    Ta \(da        Ta down arrow
+.It \e(ua    Ta \(ua        Ta up arrow
+.It \e(va    Ta \(va        Ta up-down arrow
+.It \e(lA    Ta \(lA        Ta left double-arrow
+.It \e(rA    Ta \(rA        Ta right double-arrow
+.It \e(hA    Ta \(hA        Ta left-right double-arrow
+.It \e(uA    Ta \(uA        Ta up double-arrow
+.It \e(dA    Ta \(dA        Ta down double-arrow
+.It \e(vA    Ta \(vA        Ta up-down double-arrow
+.It \e(an    Ta \(an        Ta horizontal arrow extension
+.El
+.Pp
+Logical:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(AN    Ta \(AN        Ta logical and
+.It \e(OR    Ta \(OR        Ta logical or
+.It \e[tno]  Ta \[tno]      Ta logical not (text font)
+.It \e(no    Ta \(no        Ta logical not (special font)
+.It \e(te    Ta \(te        Ta existential quantifier
+.It \e(fa    Ta \(fa        Ta universal quantifier
+.It \e(st    Ta \(st        Ta such that
+.It \e(tf    Ta \(tf        Ta therefore
+.It \e(3d    Ta \(3d        Ta therefore
+.It \e(or    Ta \(or        Ta bitwise or
+.El
+.Pp
+Mathematical:
+.Bl -column "xxcoproductxx" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e-      Ta \-          Ta minus (text font)
+.It \e(mi    Ta \(mi        Ta minus (special font)
+.It +        Ta +           Ta plus (text font)
+.It \e(pl    Ta \(pl        Ta plus (special font)
+.It \e(-+    Ta \(-+        Ta minus-plus
+.It \e[t+-]  Ta \[t+-]      Ta plus-minus (text font)
+.It \e(+-    Ta \(+-        Ta plus-minus (special font)
+.It \e(pc    Ta \(pc        Ta center-dot
+.It \e[tmu]  Ta \[tmu]      Ta multiply (text font)
+.It \e(mu    Ta \(mu        Ta multiply (special font)
+.It \e(c*    Ta \(c*        Ta circle-multiply
+.It \e(c+    Ta \(c+        Ta circle-plus
+.It \e[tdi]  Ta \[tdi]      Ta divide (text font)
+.It \e(di    Ta \(di        Ta divide (special font)
+.It \e(f/    Ta \(f/        Ta fraction
+.It \e(**    Ta \(**        Ta asterisk
+.It \e(<=    Ta \(<=        Ta less-than-equal
+.It \e(>=    Ta \(>=        Ta greater-than-equal
+.It \e(<<    Ta \(<<        Ta much less
+.It \e(>>    Ta \(>>        Ta much greater
+.It \e(eq    Ta \(eq        Ta equal
+.It \e(!=    Ta \(!=        Ta not equal
+.It \e(==    Ta \(==        Ta equivalent
+.It \e(ne    Ta \(ne        Ta not equivalent
+.It \e(ap    Ta \(ap        Ta tilde operator
+.It \e(|=    Ta \(|=        Ta asymptotically equal
+.It \e(=\(ti Ta \(=~        Ta approximately equal
+.It \e(\(ti\(ti Ta \(~~        Ta almost equal
+.It \e(\(ti= Ta \(~=        Ta almost equal
+.It \e(pt    Ta \(pt        Ta proportionate
+.It \e(es    Ta \(es        Ta empty set
+.It \e(mo    Ta \(mo        Ta element
+.It \e(nm    Ta \(nm        Ta not element
+.It \e(sb    Ta \(sb        Ta proper subset
+.It \e(nb    Ta \(nb        Ta not subset
+.It \e(sp    Ta \(sp        Ta proper superset
+.It \e(nc    Ta \(nc        Ta not superset
+.It \e(ib    Ta \(ib        Ta reflexive subset
+.It \e(ip    Ta \(ip        Ta reflexive superset
+.It \e(ca    Ta \(ca        Ta intersection
+.It \e(cu    Ta \(cu        Ta union
+.It \e(/_    Ta \(/_        Ta angle
+.It \e(pp    Ta \(pp        Ta perpendicular
+.It \e(is    Ta \(is        Ta integral
+.It \e[integral] Ta \[integral] Ta integral
+.It \e[sum]    Ta \[sum]   Ta summation
+.It \e[product] Ta \[product] Ta product
+.It \e[coproduct] Ta \[coproduct] Ta coproduct
+.It \e(gr    Ta \(gr        Ta gradient
+.It \e(sr    Ta \(sr        Ta square root
+.It \e[sqrt] Ta \[sqrt]     Ta square root
+.It \e(lc    Ta \(lc        Ta left-ceiling
+.It \e(rc    Ta \(rc        Ta right-ceiling
+.It \e(lf    Ta \(lf        Ta left-floor
+.It \e(rf    Ta \(rf        Ta right-floor
+.It \e(if    Ta \(if        Ta infinity
+.It \e(Ah    Ta \(Ah        Ta aleph
+.It \e(Im    Ta \(Im        Ta imaginary
+.It \e(Re    Ta \(Re        Ta real
+.It \e(wp    Ta \(wp        Ta Weierstrass p
+.It \e(pd    Ta \(pd        Ta partial differential
+.It \e(-h    Ta \(-h        Ta Planck constant over 2\(*p
+.It \e[hbar] Ta \[hbar]     Ta Planck constant over 2\(*p
+.It \e(12    Ta \(12        Ta one-half
+.It \e(14    Ta \(14        Ta one-fourth
+.It \e(34    Ta \(34        Ta three-fourths
+.It \e(18    Ta \(18        Ta one-eighth
+.It \e(38    Ta \(38        Ta three-eighths
+.It \e(58    Ta \(58        Ta five-eighths
+.It \e(78    Ta \(78        Ta seven-eighths
+.It \e(S1    Ta \(S1        Ta superscript 1
+.It \e(S2    Ta \(S2        Ta superscript 2
+.It \e(S3    Ta \(S3        Ta superscript 3
+.El
+.Pp
+Ligatures:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(ff    Ta \(ff        Ta ff ligature
+.It \e(fi    Ta \(fi        Ta fi ligature
+.It \e(fl    Ta \(fl        Ta fl ligature
+.It \e(Fi    Ta \(Fi        Ta ffi ligature
+.It \e(Fl    Ta \(Fl        Ta ffl ligature
+.It \e(AE    Ta \(AE        Ta AE
+.It \e(ae    Ta \(ae        Ta ae
+.It \e(OE    Ta \(OE        Ta OE
+.It \e(oe    Ta \(oe        Ta oe
+.It \e(ss    Ta \(ss        Ta German eszett
+.It \e(IJ    Ta \(IJ        Ta IJ ligature
+.It \e(ij    Ta \(ij        Ta ij ligature
+.El
+.Pp
+Accents:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(a"    Ta \(a"        Ta Hungarian umlaut
+.It \e(a-    Ta \(a-        Ta macron
+.It \e(a.    Ta \(a.        Ta dotted
+.It \e(a^    Ta \(a^        Ta circumflex
+.It \e(aa    Ta \(aa        Ta acute
+.It \e\(aq   Ta \'          Ta acute
+.It \e(ga    Ta \(ga        Ta grave
+.It \e\(ga   Ta \`          Ta grave
+.It \e(ab    Ta \(ab        Ta breve
+.It \e(ac    Ta \(ac        Ta cedilla
+.It \e(ad    Ta \(ad        Ta dieresis
+.It \e(ah    Ta \(ah        Ta caron
+.It \e(ao    Ta \(ao        Ta ring
+.It \e(a\(ti Ta \(a~        Ta tilde
+.It \e(ho    Ta \(ho        Ta ogonek
+.It \e(ha    Ta \(ha        Ta hat (ASCII character)
+.It \e(ti    Ta \(ti        Ta tilde (ASCII character)
+.El
+.Pp
+Accented letters:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(\(aqA Ta \('A        Ta acute A
+.It \e(\(aqE Ta \('E        Ta acute E
+.It \e(\(aqI Ta \('I        Ta acute I
+.It \e(\(aqO Ta \('O        Ta acute O
+.It \e(\(aqU Ta \('U        Ta acute U
+.It \e(\(aqY Ta \('Y        Ta acute Y
+.It \e(\(aqa Ta \('a        Ta acute a
+.It \e(\(aqe Ta \('e        Ta acute e
+.It \e(\(aqi Ta \('i        Ta acute i
+.It \e(\(aqo Ta \('o        Ta acute o
+.It \e(\(aqu Ta \('u        Ta acute u
+.It \e(\(aqy Ta \('y        Ta acute y
+.It \e(\(gaA Ta \(`A        Ta grave A
+.It \e(\(gaE Ta \(`E        Ta grave E
+.It \e(\(gaI Ta \(`I        Ta grave I
+.It \e(\(gaO Ta \(`O        Ta grave O
+.It \e(\(gaU Ta \(`U        Ta grave U
+.It \e(\(gaa Ta \(`a        Ta grave a
+.It \e(\(gae Ta \(`e        Ta grave e
+.It \e(\(gai Ta \(`i        Ta grave i
+.It \e(\(gao Ta \(`i        Ta grave o
+.It \e(\(gau Ta \(`u        Ta grave u
+.It \e(\(tiA Ta \(~A        Ta tilde A
+.It \e(\(tiN Ta \(~N        Ta tilde N
+.It \e(\(tiO Ta \(~O        Ta tilde O
+.It \e(\(tia Ta \(~a        Ta tilde a
+.It \e(\(tin Ta \(~n        Ta tilde n
+.It \e(\(tio Ta \(~o        Ta tilde o
+.It \e(:A    Ta \(:A        Ta dieresis A
+.It \e(:E    Ta \(:E        Ta dieresis E
+.It \e(:I    Ta \(:I        Ta dieresis I
+.It \e(:O    Ta \(:O        Ta dieresis O
+.It \e(:U    Ta \(:U        Ta dieresis U
+.It \e(:a    Ta \(:a        Ta dieresis a
+.It \e(:e    Ta \(:e        Ta dieresis e
+.It \e(:i    Ta \(:i        Ta dieresis i
+.It \e(:o    Ta \(:o        Ta dieresis o
+.It \e(:u    Ta \(:u        Ta dieresis u
+.It \e(:y    Ta \(:y        Ta dieresis y
+.It \e(^A    Ta \(^A        Ta circumflex A
+.It \e(^E    Ta \(^E        Ta circumflex E
+.It \e(^I    Ta \(^I        Ta circumflex I
+.It \e(^O    Ta \(^O        Ta circumflex O
+.It \e(^U    Ta \(^U        Ta circumflex U
+.It \e(^a    Ta \(^a        Ta circumflex a
+.It \e(^e    Ta \(^e        Ta circumflex e
+.It \e(^i    Ta \(^i        Ta circumflex i
+.It \e(^o    Ta \(^o        Ta circumflex o
+.It \e(^u    Ta \(^u        Ta circumflex u
+.It \e(,C    Ta \(,C        Ta cedilla C
+.It \e(,c    Ta \(,c        Ta cedilla c
+.It \e(/L    Ta \(/L        Ta stroke L
+.It \e(/l    Ta \(/l        Ta stroke l
+.It \e(/O    Ta \(/O        Ta stroke O
+.It \e(/o    Ta \(/o        Ta stroke o
+.It \e(oA    Ta \(oA        Ta ring A
+.It \e(oa    Ta \(oa        Ta ring a
+.El
+.Pp
+Special letters:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(-D    Ta \(-D        Ta Eth
+.It \e(Sd    Ta \(Sd        Ta eth
+.It \e(TP    Ta \(TP        Ta Thorn
+.It \e(Tp    Ta \(Tp        Ta thorn
+.It \e(.i    Ta \(.i        Ta dotless i
+.It \e(.j    Ta \(.j        Ta dotless j
+.El
+.Pp
+Currency:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(Do    Ta \(Do        Ta dollar
+.It \e(ct    Ta \(ct        Ta cent
+.It \e(Eu    Ta \(Eu        Ta Euro symbol
+.It \e(eu    Ta \(eu        Ta Euro symbol
+.It \e(Ye    Ta \(Ye        Ta yen
+.It \e(Po    Ta \(Po        Ta pound
+.It \e(Cs    Ta \(Cs        Ta Scandinavian
+.It \e(Fn    Ta \(Fn        Ta florin
+.El
+.Pp
+Units:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(de    Ta \(de        Ta degree
+.It \e(%0    Ta \(%0        Ta per-thousand
+.It \e(fm    Ta \(fm        Ta minute
+.It \e(sd    Ta \(sd        Ta second
+.It \e(mc    Ta \(mc        Ta micro
+.It \e(Of    Ta \(Of        Ta Spanish female ordinal
+.It \e(Om    Ta \(Om        Ta Spanish masculine ordinal
+.El
+.Pp
+Greek letters:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(*A    Ta \(*A        Ta Alpha
+.It \e(*B    Ta \(*B        Ta Beta
+.It \e(*G    Ta \(*G        Ta Gamma
+.It \e(*D    Ta \(*D        Ta Delta
+.It \e(*E    Ta \(*E        Ta Epsilon
+.It \e(*Z    Ta \(*Z        Ta Zeta
+.It \e(*Y    Ta \(*Y        Ta Eta
+.It \e(*H    Ta \(*H        Ta Theta
+.It \e(*I    Ta \(*I        Ta Iota
+.It \e(*K    Ta \(*K        Ta Kappa
+.It \e(*L    Ta \(*L        Ta Lambda
+.It \e(*M    Ta \(*M        Ta Mu
+.It \e(*N    Ta \(*N        Ta Nu
+.It \e(*C    Ta \(*C        Ta Xi
+.It \e(*O    Ta \(*O        Ta Omicron
+.It \e(*P    Ta \(*P        Ta Pi
+.It \e(*R    Ta \(*R        Ta Rho
+.It \e(*S    Ta \(*S        Ta Sigma
+.It \e(*T    Ta \(*T        Ta Tau
+.It \e(*U    Ta \(*U        Ta Upsilon
+.It \e(*F    Ta \(*F        Ta Phi
+.It \e(*X    Ta \(*X        Ta Chi
+.It \e(*Q    Ta \(*Q        Ta Psi
+.It \e(*W    Ta \(*W        Ta Omega
+.It \e(*a    Ta \(*a        Ta alpha
+.It \e(*b    Ta \(*b        Ta beta
+.It \e(*g    Ta \(*g        Ta gamma
+.It \e(*d    Ta \(*d        Ta delta
+.It \e(*e    Ta \(*e        Ta epsilon
+.It \e(*z    Ta \(*z        Ta zeta
+.It \e(*y    Ta \(*y        Ta eta
+.It \e(*h    Ta \(*h        Ta theta
+.It \e(*i    Ta \(*i        Ta iota
+.It \e(*k    Ta \(*k        Ta kappa
+.It \e(*l    Ta \(*l        Ta lambda
+.It \e(*m    Ta \(*m        Ta mu
+.It \e(*n    Ta \(*n        Ta nu
+.It \e(*c    Ta \(*c        Ta xi
+.It \e(*o    Ta \(*o        Ta omicron
+.It \e(*p    Ta \(*p        Ta pi
+.It \e(*r    Ta \(*r        Ta rho
+.It \e(*s    Ta \(*s        Ta sigma
+.It \e(*t    Ta \(*t        Ta tau
+.It \e(*u    Ta \(*u        Ta upsilon
+.It \e(*f    Ta \(*f        Ta phi
+.It \e(*x    Ta \(*x        Ta chi
+.It \e(*q    Ta \(*q        Ta psi
+.It \e(*w    Ta \(*w        Ta omega
+.It \e(+h    Ta \(+h        Ta theta variant
+.It \e(+f    Ta \(+f        Ta phi variant
+.It \e(+p    Ta \(+p        Ta pi variant
+.It \e(+e    Ta \(+e        Ta epsilon variant
+.It \e(ts    Ta \(ts        Ta sigma terminal
+.El
+.Sh PREDEFINED STRINGS
+Predefined strings are inherited from the macro packages of historical
+troff implementations.
+They are
+.Em not recommended
+for use, as they differ across implementations.
+Manuals using these predefined strings are almost certainly not
+portable.
+.Pp
+Their syntax is similar to special characters, using
+.Sq \e*X
+.Pq for a one-character escape ,
+.Sq \e*(XX
+.Pq two-character ,
+and
+.Sq \e*[N]
+.Pq N-character .
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e*(Ba   Ta \*(Ba       Ta vertical bar
+.It \e*(Ne   Ta \*(Ne       Ta not equal
+.It \e*(Ge   Ta \*(Ge       Ta greater-than-equal
+.It \e*(Le   Ta \*(Le       Ta less-than-equal
+.It \e*(Gt   Ta \*(Gt       Ta greater-than
+.It \e*(Lt   Ta \*(Lt       Ta less-than
+.It \e*(Pm   Ta \*(Pm       Ta plus-minus
+.It \e*(If   Ta \*(If       Ta infinity
+.It \e*(Pi   Ta \*(Pi       Ta pi
+.It \e*(Na   Ta \*(Na       Ta NaN
+.It \e*(Am   Ta \*(Am       Ta ampersand
+.It \e*R     Ta \*R         Ta restricted mark
+.It \e*(Tm   Ta \*(Tm       Ta trade mark
+.It \e*q     Ta \*q         Ta double-quote
+.It \e*(Rq   Ta \*(Rq       Ta right-double-quote
+.It \e*(Lq   Ta \*(Lq       Ta left-double-quote
+.It \e*(lp   Ta \*(lp       Ta right-parenthesis
+.It \e*(rp   Ta \*(rp       Ta left-parenthesis
+.It \e*(lq   Ta \*(lq       Ta left double-quote
+.It \e*(rq   Ta \*(rq       Ta right double-quote
+.It \e*(ua   Ta \*(ua       Ta up arrow
+.It \e*(va   Ta \*(va       Ta up-down arrow
+.It \e*(<=   Ta \*(<=       Ta less-than-equal
+.It \e*(>=   Ta \*(>=       Ta greater-than-equal
+.It \e*(aa   Ta \*(aa       Ta acute
+.It \e*(ga   Ta \*(ga       Ta grave
+.It \e*(Px   Ta \*(Px       Ta POSIX standard name
+.It \e*(Ai   Ta \*(Ai       Ta ANSI standard name
+.El
+.Sh UNICODE CHARACTERS
+The escape sequences
+.Pp
+.Dl \e[uXXXX] and \eC\(aquXXXX\(aq
+.Pp
+are interpreted as Unicode codepoints.
+The codepoint must be in the range above U+0080 and less than U+10FFFF.
+For compatibility, the hexadecimal digits
+.Sq A
+to
+.Sq F
+must be given as uppercase characters,
+and points must be zero-padded to four characters; if
+greater than four characters, no zero padding is allowed.
+Unicode surrogates are not allowed.
+.Sh NUMBERED CHARACTERS
+For backward compatibility with existing manuals,
+.Xr mandoc 1
+also supports the
+.Pp
+.Dl \eN\(aq Ns Ar number Ns \(aq and \e[ Ns Cm char Ns Ar number ]
+.Pp
+escape sequences, inserting the character
+.Ar number
+from the current character set into the output.
+Of course, this is inherently non-portable and is already marked
+as deprecated in the Heirloom roff manual;
+on top of that, the second form is a GNU extension.
+For example, do not use \eN\(aq34\(aq or \e[char34], use \e(dq,
+or even the plain
+.Sq \(dq
+character where possible.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+This section documents compatibility between mandoc and other
+troff implementations, at this time limited to GNU troff
+.Pq Qq groff .
+.Pp
+.Bl -dash -compact
+.It
+The \eN\(aq\(aq escape sequence is limited to printable characters; in
+groff, it accepts arbitrary character numbers.
+.It
+In
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii ,
+the
+\e(ss, \e(nm, \e(nb, \e(nc, \e(ib, \e(ip, \e(pp, \e[sum], \e[product],
+\e[coproduct], \e(gr, \e(-h, and \e(a. special characters render
+differently between mandoc and groff.
+.It
+In
+.Fl T Ns Cm html ,
+the \e(\(ti=, \e(nb, and \e(nc special characters render differently
+between mandoc and groff.
+.It
+The
+.Fl T Ns Cm ps
+and
+.Fl T Ns Cm pdf
+modes format like
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii
+instead of rendering glyphs as in groff.
+.It
+The \e[radicalex], \e[sqrtex], and \e(ru special characters have been omitted
+from mandoc either because they are poorly documented or they have no
+known representation.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr roff 7
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+manual page was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons Aq Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+The predefined string
+.Sq \e*(Ba
+mimics the behaviour of the
+.Sq \&|
+character in
+.Xr mdoc 7 ;
+thus, if you wish to render a vertical bar with no side effects, use
+the
+.Sq \e(ba
+escape.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/mdoc.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/mdoc.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f9f2c7f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/mdoc.7
@@ -0,0 +1,3294 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: mdoc.7,v 1.192 2025/08/19 14:08:41 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010-2021, 2024, 2025 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: August 19 2025 $
+.Dt MDOC 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mdoc
+.Nd semantic markup language for formatting manual pages
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm mdoc
+language supports authoring of manual pages for the
+.Xr man 1
+utility by allowing semantic annotations of words, phrases,
+page sections and complete manual pages.
+Such annotations are used by formatting tools to achieve a uniform
+presentation across all manuals written in
+.Nm ,
+and to support hyperlinking if supported by the output medium.
+.Pp
+This reference document describes the structure of manual pages
+and the syntax and usage of the
+.Nm
+language.
+The reference implementation of a parsing and formatting tool is
+.Xr mandoc 1 ;
+the
+.Sx COMPATIBILITY
+section describes compatibility with other implementations.
+.Pp
+In an
+.Nm
+document, lines beginning with the control character
+.Sq \&.
+are called
+.Dq macro lines .
+The first word is the macro name.
+It consists of two or three letters.
+Most macro names begin with a capital letter.
+For a list of available macros, see
+.Sx MACRO OVERVIEW .
+The words following the macro name are arguments to the macro, optionally
+including the names of other, callable macros; see
+.Sx MACRO SYNTAX
+for details.
+.Pp
+Lines not beginning with the control character are called
+.Dq text lines .
+They provide free-form text to be printed; the formatting of the text
+depends on the respective processing context:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Sh Macro lines change control state.
+Text lines are interpreted within the current state.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Many aspects of the basic syntax of the
+.Nm
+language are based on the
+.Xr roff 7
+language; see the
+.Em LANGUAGE SYNTAX
+and
+.Em MACRO SYNTAX
+sections in the
+.Xr roff 7
+manual for details, in particular regarding
+comments, escape sequences, whitespace, and quoting.
+However, using
+.Xr roff 7
+requests in
+.Nm
+documents is discouraged;
+.Xr mandoc 1
+supports some of them merely for backward compatibility.
+.Sh MANUAL STRUCTURE
+A well-formed
+.Nm
+document consists of a document prologue followed by one or more
+sections.
+.Pp
+The prologue, which consists of the
+.Ic \&Dd ,
+.Ic \&Dt ,
+and
+.Ic \&Os
+macros in that order, is required for every document.
+.Pp
+The first section (sections are denoted by
+.Ic \&Sh )
+must be the NAME section, consisting of at least one
+.Ic \&Nm
+followed by
+.Ic \&Nd .
+.Pp
+Following that, convention dictates specifying at least the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+and
+.Em DESCRIPTION
+sections, although this varies between manual sections.
+.Pp
+The following is a well-formed skeleton
+.Nm
+file for a utility
+.Qq progname :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Dd $\&Mdocdate$
+\&.Dt PROGNAME section
+\&.Os
+\&.Sh NAME
+\&.Nm progname
+\&.Nd one line about what it does
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh LIBRARY
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 2, 3, and 9 only.
+\&.\e\(dq Not used in OpenBSD.
+\&.Sh SYNOPSIS
+\&.Nm progname
+\&.Op Fl options
+\&.Ar
+\&.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+\&.Nm
+utility processes files ...
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh CONTEXT
+\&.\e\(dq For section 9 functions only.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh IMPLEMENTATION NOTES
+\&.\e\(dq Not used in OpenBSD.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh RETURN VALUES
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 2, 3, and 9 function return values only.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh ENVIRONMENT
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 1, 6, 7, and 8 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh FILES
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh EXIT STATUS
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 1, 6, and 8 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh EXAMPLES
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, and 9 printf/stderr messages only.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh ERRORS
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 2, 3, 4, and 9 errno settings only.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh SEE ALSO
+\&.\e\(dq .Xr foobar 1
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh STANDARDS
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh HISTORY
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh AUTHORS
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh CAVEATS
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh BUGS
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS
+\&.\e\(dq Not used in OpenBSD.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The sections in an
+.Nm
+document are conventionally ordered as they appear above.
+Sections should be composed as follows:
+.Bl -ohang -offset Ds
+.It Em NAME
+The name(s) and a one line description of the documented material.
+The syntax for this as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Nm name0 ,
+\&.Nm name1 ,
+\&.Nm name2
+\&.Nd a one line description
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Multiple
+.Sq \&Nm
+names should be separated by commas.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ic \&Nm
+macro(s) must precede the
+.Ic \&Nd
+macro.
+.Pp
+See
+.Ic \&Nm
+and
+.Ic \&Nd .
+.It Em LIBRARY
+The name of the library containing the documented functions.
+Using this section is no longer recommended.
+If any
+.Ic \&Lb
+macro is needed, put it at the beginning of the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section instead.
+.It Em SYNOPSIS
+Documents the utility invocation syntax, function call syntax, or device
+configuration.
+.Pp
+For the first, utilities (sections 1, 6, and 8), this is
+generally structured as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Nm bar
+\&.Op Fl v
+\&.Op Fl o Ar file
+\&.Op Ar
+\&.Nm foo
+\&.Op Fl v
+\&.Op Fl o Ar file
+\&.Op Ar
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Commands should be ordered alphabetically.
+.Pp
+For the second, function calls (sections 2, 3, 9):
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Lb libname \e" unless the functions are in libc
+\&.In header.h
+\&.Vt extern const char *global;
+\&.Ft char *
+\&.Fn foo "const char *src"
+\&.Ft char *
+\&.Fn bar "const char *src"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Ordering of
+.Ic \&In ,
+.Ic \&Vt ,
+.Ic \&Fn ,
+and
+.Ic \&Fo
+macros should follow C header-file conventions.
+.Pp
+And for the third, configurations (section 4):
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Cd \(dqit* at isa? port 0x2e\(dq
+\&.Cd \(dqit* at isa? port 0x4e\(dq
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Manuals not in these sections generally don't need a
+.Em SYNOPSIS .
+.Pp
+Some macros are displayed differently in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, particularly
+.Ic \&Nm ,
+.Ic \&Cd ,
+.Ic \&Fd ,
+.Ic \&Fn ,
+.Ic \&Fo ,
+.Ic \&In ,
+.Ic \&Vt ,
+and
+.Ic \&Ft .
+All of these macros are output on their own line.
+If two such dissimilar macros are pairwise invoked (except for
+.Ic \&Ft
+before
+.Ic \&Fo
+or
+.Ic \&Fn ) ,
+they are separated by a vertical space, unless in the case of
+.Ic \&Fo ,
+.Ic \&Fn ,
+and
+.Ic \&Ft ,
+which are always separated by vertical space.
+.Pp
+When text and macros following an
+.Ic \&Nm
+macro starting an input line span multiple output lines,
+all output lines but the first will be indented to align
+with the text immediately following the
+.Ic \&Nm
+macro, up to the next
+.Ic \&Nm ,
+.Ic \&Sh ,
+or
+.Ic \&Ss
+macro or the end of an enclosing block, whichever comes first.
+.It Em DESCRIPTION
+This begins with an expansion of the brief, one line description in
+.Em NAME :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+The
+\&.Nm
+utility does this, that, and the other.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+It usually follows with a breakdown of the options (if documenting a
+command), such as:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+The options are as follows:
+\&.Bl \-tag \-width Ds
+\&.It Fl v
+Print verbose information.
+\&.El
+.Ed
+.Pp
+List the options in alphabetical order,
+uppercase before lowercase for each letter and
+with no regard to whether an option takes an argument.
+Put digits in ascending order before all letter options.
+.Pp
+Manuals not documenting a command won't include the above fragment.
+.Pp
+Since the
+.Em DESCRIPTION
+section usually contains most of the text of a manual, longer manuals
+often use the
+.Ic \&Ss
+macro to form subsections.
+In very long manuals, the
+.Em DESCRIPTION
+may be split into multiple sections, each started by an
+.Ic \&Sh
+macro followed by a non-standard section name, and each having
+several subsections, like in the present
+.Nm
+manual.
+.It Em CONTEXT
+This section lists the contexts in which functions can be called in section 9.
+The contexts are autoconf, process, or interrupt.
+.It Em IMPLEMENTATION NOTES
+Implementation-specific notes should be kept here.
+This is useful when implementing standard functions that may have side
+effects or notable algorithmic implications.
+.It Em RETURN VALUES
+This section documents the
+return values of functions in sections 2, 3, and 9.
+.Pp
+See
+.Ic \&Rv .
+.It Em ENVIRONMENT
+Lists the environment variables used by the utility,
+and explains the syntax and semantics of their values.
+The
+.Xr environ 7
+manual provides examples of typical content and formatting.
+.Pp
+See
+.Ic \&Ev .
+.It Em FILES
+Documents files used.
+It's helpful to document both the file name and a short description of how
+the file is used (created, modified, etc.).
+.Pp
+See
+.Ic \&Pa .
+.It Em EXIT STATUS
+This section documents the
+command exit status for section 1, 6, and 8 utilities.
+Historically, this information was described in
+.Em DIAGNOSTICS ,
+a practise that is now discouraged.
+.Pp
+See
+.Ic \&Ex .
+.It Em EXAMPLES
+Example usages.
+This often contains snippets of well-formed, well-tested invocations.
+Make sure that examples work properly!
+.It Em DIAGNOSTICS
+Documents error messages.
+In section 4 and 9 manuals, these are usually messages printed by the
+kernel to the console and to the kernel log.
+In section 1, 6, 7, and 8, these are usually messages printed by
+userland programs to the standard error output.
+.Pp
+Historically, this section was used in place of
+.Em EXIT STATUS
+for manuals in sections 1, 6, and 8; however, this practise is
+discouraged.
+.Pp
+See
+.Ic \&Bl
+.Fl diag .
+.It Em ERRORS
+Documents
+.Xr errno 2
+settings in sections 2, 3, 4, and 9.
+.Pp
+See
+.Ic \&Er .
+.It Em SEE ALSO
+References other manuals with related topics.
+This section should exist for most manuals.
+Cross-references should conventionally be ordered first by section, then
+alphabetically (ignoring case).
+.Pp
+References to other documentation concerning the topic of the manual page,
+for example authoritative books or journal articles, may also be
+provided in this section.
+.Pp
+See
+.Ic \&Rs
+and
+.Ic \&Xr .
+.It Em STANDARDS
+References any standards implemented or used.
+If not adhering to any standards, the
+.Em HISTORY
+section should be used instead.
+.Pp
+See
+.Ic \&St .
+.It Em HISTORY
+A brief history of the subject, including where it was first implemented,
+and when it was ported to or reimplemented for the operating system at hand.
+.It Em AUTHORS
+Credits to the person or persons who wrote the code and/or documentation.
+Authors should generally be noted by both name and email address.
+.Pp
+See
+.Ic \&An .
+.It Em CAVEATS
+Common misuses and misunderstandings should be explained
+in this section.
+.It Em BUGS
+Known bugs, limitations, and work-arounds should be described
+in this section.
+.It Em SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS
+Documents any security precautions that operators should consider.
+.El
+.Sh MACRO OVERVIEW
+This overview is sorted such that macros of similar purpose are listed
+together, to help find the best macro for any given purpose.
+Deprecated macros are not included in the overview, but can be found below
+in the alphabetical
+.Sx MACRO REFERENCE .
+.Ss Document preamble and NAME section macros
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Ic \&Dd Ta document date: Cm $\&Mdocdate$ | Ar month day , year
+.It Ic \&Dt Ta document title: Ar TITLE section Op Ar arch
+.It Ic \&Os Ta operating system footer: Op Ar footer text
+.It Ic \&Nm Ta document name (one argument)
+.It Ic \&Nd Ta document description (one line)
+.El
+.Ss Sections and cross references
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Ic \&Sh Ta section header (one line)
+.It Ic \&Ss Ta subsection header (one line)
+.It Ic \&Sx Ta internal cross reference to a section or subsection
+.It Ic \&Xr Ta cross reference to another manual page: Ar name section
+.It Ic \&Tg Ta tag the definition of a Ar term Pq <= 1 arguments
+.It Ic \&Pp Ta start a text paragraph (no arguments)
+.El
+.Ss Displays and lists
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Ic \&Bd , \&Ed Ta display block:
+.Fl Ar type
+.Op Fl offset Ar width
+.Op Fl compact
+.It Ic \&D1 Ta indented display (one line)
+.It Ic \&Dl Ta indented literal display (one line)
+.It Ic \&Ql Ta normal in-line literal display: Ql text
+.It Ic \&Li Ta unquoted in-line literal display: Li text
+.It Ic \&Bl , \&El Ta list block:
+.Fl Ar type
+.Op Fl width Ar val
+.Op Fl offset Ar val
+.Op Fl compact
+.It Ic \&It Ta list item (syntax depends on Fl Ar type )
+.It Ic \&Ta Ta table cell separator in Ic \&Bl Fl column No lists
+.It Ic \&Rs , \&%* , \&Re Ta bibliographic block (references)
+.El
+.Ss Spacing control
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Ic \&Pf Ta prefix, no following horizontal space (one argument)
+.It Ic \&Ns Ta roman font, no preceding horizontal space (no arguments)
+.It Ic \&Ap Ta apostrophe without surrounding whitespace (no arguments)
+.It Ic \&Sm Ta switch horizontal spacing mode: Op Cm on | off
+.It Ic \&Bk , \&Ek Ta keep block: Fl words
+.El
+.Ss Semantic markup for command line utilities
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Ic \&Nm Ta start a SYNOPSIS block with the name of a utility
+.It Ic \&Fl Ta command line options (flags) (>=0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&Cm Ta command modifier (>0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&Ar Ta command arguments (>=0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&Op , \&Oo , \&Oc Ta optional syntax elements (enclosure)
+.It Ic \&Ic Ta internal or interactive command (>0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&Ev Ta environmental variable (>0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&Pa Ta file system path (>=0 arguments)
+.El
+.Ss Semantic markup for function libraries
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Ic \&Lb Ta function library (>0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&In Ta include file (one argument)
+.It Ic \&Fd Ta other preprocessor directive (>0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&Ft Ta function type (>0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&Fo , \&Fc Ta function block: Ar funcname
+.It Ic \&Fn Ta function name: Ar funcname Op Ar argument ...
+.It Ic \&Fa Ta function argument (>0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&Vt Ta variable type (>0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&Va Ta variable name (>0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&Dv Ta defined variable or preprocessor constant (>0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&Er Ta error constant (>0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&Ev Ta environmental variable (>0 arguments)
+.El
+.Ss Various semantic markup
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Ic \&An Ta author name (>0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&Lk Ta hyperlink: Ar uri Op Ar display_name
+.It Ic \&Mt Ta Do mailto Dc hyperlink: Ar localpart Ns @ Ns Ar domain
+.It Ic \&Cd Ta kernel configuration declaration (>0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&Ad Ta memory address (>0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&Ms Ta mathematical symbol (>0 arguments)
+.El
+.Ss Physical markup
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Ic \&Em Ta italic font or underline (emphasis) (>0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&Sy Ta boldface font (symbolic) (>0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&No Ta return to roman font (normal) (>0 arguments)
+.It Ic \&Bf , \&Ef Ta font block: Fl Ar type | Cm \&Em | \&Li | \&Sy
+.El
+.Ss Physical enclosures
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Ic \&Dq , \&Do , \&Dc Ta enclose in typographic double quotes: Dq text
+.It Ic \&Qq , \&Qo , \&Qc Ta enclose in typewriter double quotes: Qq text
+.It Ic \&Sq , \&So , \&Sc Ta enclose in single quotes: Sq text
+.It Ic \&Pq , \&Po , \&Pc Ta enclose in parentheses: Pq text
+.It Ic \&Bq , \&Bo , \&Bc Ta enclose in square brackets: Bq text
+.It Ic \&Brq , \&Bro , \&Brc Ta enclose in curly braces: Brq text
+.It Ic \&Aq , \&Ao , \&Ac Ta enclose in angle brackets: Aq text
+.It Ic \&Eo , \&Ec Ta generic enclosure
+.El
+.Ss Text production
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Ic \&Ex Fl std Ta standard command exit values: Op Ar utility ...
+.It Ic \&Rv Fl std Ta standard function return values: Op Ar function ...
+.It Ic \&St Ta reference to a standards document (one argument)
+.It Ic \&At Ta At
+.It Ic \&Bx Ta Bx
+.It Ic \&Bsx Ta Bsx
+.It Ic \&Nx Ta Nx
+.It Ic \&Fx Ta Fx
+.It Ic \&Ox Ta Ox
+.It Ic \&Dx Ta Dx
+.El
+.Sh MACRO REFERENCE
+This section is a canonical reference of all macros, arranged
+alphabetically.
+For the scoping of individual macros, see
+.Sx MACRO SYNTAX .
+.Bl -tag -width 3n
+.It Ic \&%A Ar first_name ... last_name
+Author name of an
+.Ic \&Rs
+block.
+Multiple authors should each be accorded their own
+.Ic \%%A
+line.
+Author names should be ordered with full or abbreviated forename(s)
+first, then full surname.
+.It Ic \&%B Ar title
+Book title of an
+.Ic \&Rs
+block.
+This macro may also be used in a non-bibliographic context when
+referring to book titles.
+.It Ic \&%C Ar location
+Publication city or location of an
+.Ic \&Rs
+block.
+.It Ic \&%D Oo Ar month day , Oc Ar year
+Publication date of an
+.Ic \&Rs
+block.
+Provide the full English name of the
+.Ar month
+and all four digits of the
+.Ar year .
+.It Ic \&%I Ar name
+Publisher or issuer name of an
+.Ic \&Rs
+block.
+.It Ic \&%J Ar name
+Journal name of an
+.Ic \&Rs
+block.
+.It Ic \&%N Ar number
+Issue number (usually for journals) of an
+.Ic \&Rs
+block.
+.It Ic \&%O Ar line
+Optional information of an
+.Ic \&Rs
+block.
+.It Ic \&%P Ar number
+Book or journal page number of an
+.Ic \&Rs
+block.
+Conventionally, the argument starts with
+.Ql p.\&
+for a single page or
+.Ql pp.\&
+for a range of pages, for example:
+.Pp
+.Dl .%P pp. 42\e(en47
+.It Ic \&%Q Ar name
+Institutional author (school, government, etc.) of an
+.Ic \&Rs
+block.
+Multiple institutional authors should each be accorded their own
+.Ic \&%Q
+line.
+.It Ic \&%R Ar name
+Technical report name of an
+.Ic \&Rs
+block.
+.It Ic \&%T Ar title
+Article title of an
+.Ic \&Rs
+block.
+This macro may also be used in a non-bibliographical context when
+referring to article titles.
+.It Ic \&%U Ar protocol Ns :// Ns Ar path
+URI of reference document.
+.It Ic \&%V Ar number
+Volume number of an
+.Ic \&Rs
+block.
+.It Ic \&Ac
+Close an
+.Ic \&Ao
+block.
+Does not have any tail arguments.
+.Tg Ad
+.It Ic \&Ad Ar address
+Memory address.
+Do not use this for postal addresses.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ad [0,$]
+.Dl \&.Ad 0x00000000
+.Tg An
+.It Ic \&An Fl split | nosplit | Ar first_name ... last_name
+Author name.
+Can be used both for the authors of the program, function, or driver
+documented in the manual, or for the authors of the manual itself.
+Requires either the name of an author or one of the following arguments:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "-nosplitX" -offset indent -compact
+.It Fl split
+Start a new output line before each subsequent invocation of
+.Ic \&An .
+.It Fl nosplit
+The opposite of
+.Fl split .
+.El
+.Pp
+The default is
+.Fl nosplit .
+The effect of selecting either of the
+.Fl split
+modes ends at the beginning of the
+.Em AUTHORS
+section.
+In the
+.Em AUTHORS
+section, the default is
+.Fl nosplit
+for the first author listing and
+.Fl split
+for all other author listings.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.An -nosplit
+.Dl \&.An Kristaps Dzonsons \&Aq \&Mt kristaps@bsd.lv
+.It Ic \&Ao Ar block
+Begin a block enclosed by angle brackets.
+Does not have any head arguments.
+This macro is almost never useful.
+See
+.Ic \&Aq
+for more details.
+.Tg Ap
+.It Ic \&Ap
+Inserts an apostrophe without any surrounding whitespace.
+This is generally used as a grammatical device when referring to the verb
+form of a function.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Fn execve \&Ap d
+.Tg Aq
+.It Ic \&Aq Ar line
+Enclose the rest of the input line in angle brackets.
+The only important use case is for email addresses.
+See
+.Ic \&Mt
+for an example.
+.Pp
+Occasionally, it is used for names of characters and keys, for example:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+Press the
+\&.Aq escape
+key to ...
+.Ed
+.Pp
+For URIs, use
+.Ic \&Lk
+instead, and
+.Ic \&In
+for
+.Dq #include
+directives.
+Never wrap
+.Ic \&Ar
+in
+.Ic \&Aq .
+.Pp
+Since
+.Ic \&Aq
+usually renders with non-ASCII characters in non-ASCII output modes,
+do not use it where the ASCII characters
+.Sq <
+and
+.Sq >
+are required as syntax elements.
+Instead, use these characters directly in such cases, combining them
+with the macros
+.Ic \&Pf ,
+.Ic \&Ns ,
+or
+.Ic \&Eo
+as needed.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Ao .
+.Tg Ar
+.It Ic \&Ar Op Ar placeholder ...
+Command arguments.
+If an argument is not provided, the string
+.Dq file ...\&
+is used as a default.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl ".Fl o Ar file"
+.Dl ".Ar"
+.Dl ".Ar arg1 , arg2 ."
+.Pp
+The arguments to the
+.Ic \&Ar
+macro are names and placeholders for command arguments;
+for fixed strings to be passed verbatim as arguments, use
+.Ic \&Fl
+or
+.Ic \&Cm .
+.Tg At
+.It Ic \&At Op Ar version
+Formats an
+.At
+version.
+Accepts one optional argument:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "v[1-7] | 32vX" -offset indent -compact
+.It Cm v[1-7] | 32v
+A version of
+.At .
+.It Cm III
+.At III .
+.It Cm V | V.[1-4]
+A version of
+.At V .
+.El
+.Pp
+Note that these arguments do not begin with a hyphen.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.At
+.Dl \&.At III
+.Dl \&.At V.1
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Bsx ,
+.Ic \&Bx ,
+.Ic \&Dx ,
+.Ic \&Fx ,
+.Ic \&Nx ,
+and
+.Ic \&Ox .
+.It Ic \&Bc
+Close a
+.Ic \&Bo
+block.
+Does not have any tail arguments.
+.Tg Bd
+.It Ic \&Bd Fl Ns Ar type Oo Fl offset Ar width Oc Op Fl compact
+Begin a display block.
+Display blocks are used to select a different indentation and
+justification than the one used by the surrounding text.
+They may contain both macro lines and text lines.
+By default, a display block is preceded by a vertical space.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar type
+must be one of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width 13n -offset indent
+.It Fl centered
+Produce one output line from each input line, and center-justify each line.
+Using this display type is not recommended; many
+.Nm
+implementations render it poorly.
+.It Fl filled
+Change the positions of line breaks to fill each line, and left- and
+right-justify the resulting block.
+.It Fl literal
+Produce one output line from each input line,
+and do not justify the block at all.
+Preserve white space as it appears in the input.
+Always use a constant-width font.
+Use this for displaying source code.
+.It Fl ragged
+Change the positions of line breaks to fill each line, and left-justify
+the resulting block.
+.It Fl unfilled
+The same as
+.Fl literal ,
+but using the same font as for normal text, which is a variable width font
+if supported by the output device.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar type
+must be provided first.
+Additional arguments may follow:
+.Bl -tag -width 13n -offset indent
+.It Fl offset Ar width
+Indent the display by the
+.Ar width ,
+which may be one of the following:
+.Bl -item
+.It
+One of the pre-defined strings
+.Cm indent ,
+the width of a standard indentation (six constant width characters);
+.Cm indent-two ,
+twice
+.Cm indent ;
+.Cm left ,
+which has no effect;
+.Cm right ,
+which justifies to the right margin; or
+.Cm center ,
+which aligns around an imagined center axis.
+.It
+A macro invocation, which selects a predefined width
+associated with that macro.
+The most popular is the imaginary macro
+.Ar \&Ds ,
+which resolves to
+.Sy 6n .
+.It
+A scaling width as described in
+.Xr roff 7 .
+.It
+An arbitrary string, which indents by the length of this string.
+.El
+.Pp
+When the argument is missing,
+.Fl offset
+is ignored.
+.It Fl compact
+Do not assert vertical space before the display.
+.El
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Bd \-literal \-offset indent \-compact
+   Hello       world.
+\&.Ed
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&D1
+and
+.Ic \&Dl .
+.Tg Bf
+.It Ic \&Bf Fl emphasis | literal | symbolic | Cm \&Em | \&Li | \&Sy
+Change the font mode for a scoped block of text.
+The
+.Fl emphasis
+and
+.Cm \&Em
+argument are equivalent, as are
+.Fl symbolic
+and
+.Cm \&Sy ,
+and
+.Fl literal
+and
+.Cm \&Li .
+Without an argument, this macro does nothing.
+The font mode continues until broken by a new font mode in a nested
+scope or
+.Ic \&Ef
+is encountered.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Li ,
+.Ic \&Ef ,
+.Ic \&Em ,
+and
+.Ic \&Sy .
+.Tg Bk
+.It Ic \&Bk Fl words
+For each macro, keep its output together on the same output line,
+until the end of the macro or the end of the input line is reached,
+whichever comes first.
+Line breaks in text lines are unaffected.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl words
+argument is required; additional arguments are ignored.
+.Pp
+The following example will not break within each
+.Ic \&Op
+macro line:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Bk \-words
+\&.Op Fl f Ar flags
+\&.Op Fl o Ar output
+\&.Ek
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Be careful in using over-long lines within a keep block!
+Doing so will clobber the right margin.
+.Tg Bl
+.It Xo
+.Ic \&Bl
+.Fl Ns Ar type
+.Op Fl width Ar val
+.Op Fl offset Ar val
+.Op Fl compact
+.Op Ar col ...
+.Xc
+Begin a list.
+Lists consist of items specified using the
+.Ic \&It
+macro, containing a head or a body or both.
+.Pp
+The list
+.Ar type
+is mandatory and must be specified first.
+The
+.Fl width
+and
+.Fl offset
+arguments accept macro names as described for
+.Ic \&Bd
+.Fl offset ,
+scaling widths as described in
+.Xr roff 7 ,
+or use the length of the given string.
+The
+.Fl offset
+is a global indentation for the whole list, affecting both item heads
+and bodies.
+For those list types supporting it, the
+.Fl width
+argument requests an additional indentation of item bodies,
+to be added to the
+.Fl offset .
+Unless the
+.Fl compact
+argument is specified, list entries are separated by vertical space.
+.Pp
+The following list types are commonly used:
+.Bl -tag -width 12n -offset indent
+.It Fl bullet
+No item heads can be specified, but a bullet will be printed at the head
+of each item.
+Item bodies start on the same output line as the bullet
+and are indented according to the
+.Fl width
+argument.
+.It Fl column
+A columnated list.
+The
+.Fl width
+argument has no effect; instead, the string length of each argument
+specifies the width of one column.
+The width specification for the last column does not affect formatting.
+.Pp
+For two-column lists, using
+.Fl tag
+often results in simpler code, identical terminal output, and better HTML
+output, especially when the first column contains short identifiers.
+.Pp
+For compatibility with legacy documents, if the first line of the body of a
+.Fl column
+list is not an
+.Ic \&It
+macro line,
+.Ic \&It
+contexts spanning one input line each are implied until an
+.Ic \&It
+macro line is encountered, at which point items start being interpreted as
+described in the
+.Ic \&It
+documentation.
+.It Fl dash
+Like
+.Fl bullet ,
+except that dashes are used in place of bullets.
+.It Fl diag
+Like
+.Fl inset ,
+except that item heads are not parsed for macro invocations.
+Most often used in the
+.Em DIAGNOSTICS
+section with error messages in the item heads.
+.It Fl enum
+A numbered list.
+No item heads can be specified.
+Formatted like
+.Fl bullet ,
+except that ordinal numbers are used in place of bullets,
+starting at 1.
+.It Fl tag
+Item bodies are indented according to the
+.Fl width
+argument.
+When an item head fits inside the indentation, the item body follows
+this head on the same output line.
+Otherwise, the body starts on the output line following the head.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following list types are rarely useful:
+.Bl -tag -width 12n -offset indent
+.It Fl hang
+Like
+.Fl tag ,
+except that the first lines of item bodies are not indented, but follow
+the item heads like in
+.Fl inset
+lists.
+.It Fl hyphen
+Synonym for
+.Fl dash .
+.It Fl inset
+Item bodies follow items heads on the same line, using normal inter-word
+spacing.
+Bodies are not indented, and the
+.Fl width
+argument is ignored.
+.It Fl item
+No item heads can be specified, and none are printed.
+Bodies are not indented, and the
+.Fl width
+argument is ignored.
+.It Fl ohang
+Item bodies start on the line following item heads and are not indented.
+The
+.Fl width
+argument is ignored.
+.El
+.Pp
+Lists may be nested within lists and displays.
+Nesting of
+.Fl column
+and
+.Fl enum
+lists may not be portable.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&El
+and
+.Ic \&It .
+.It Ic \&Bo Ar block
+Begin a block enclosed by square brackets.
+Does not have any head arguments.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Bo 1 ,
+\&.Dv BUFSIZ \&Bc
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Bq .
+.Tg Bq
+.It Ic \&Bq Ar line
+Encloses its arguments in square brackets.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Bq 1 , \&Dv BUFSIZ
+.Pp
+.Em Remarks :
+this macro is sometimes abused to emulate optional arguments for
+commands; the correct macros to use for this purpose are
+.Ic \&Op ,
+.Ic \&Oo ,
+and
+.Ic \&Oc .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Bo .
+.It Ic \&Brc
+Close a
+.Ic \&Bro
+block.
+Does not have any tail arguments.
+.It Ic \&Bro Ar block
+Begin a block enclosed by curly braces.
+Does not have any head arguments.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Bro 1 , ... ,
+\&.Va n \&Brc
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Brq .
+.Tg Brq
+.It Ic \&Brq Ar line
+Encloses its arguments in curly braces.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Brq 1 , ... , \&Va n
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Bro .
+.Tg Bsx
+.It Ic \&Bsx Op Ar version
+Format the
+.Bsx
+version provided as an argument, or a default value if
+no argument is provided.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Bsx 1.0
+.Dl \&.Bsx
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&At ,
+.Ic \&Bx ,
+.Ic \&Dx ,
+.Ic \&Fx ,
+.Ic \&Nx ,
+and
+.Ic \&Ox .
+.It Ic \&Bt
+Supported only for compatibility, do not use this in new manuals.
+Prints
+.Dq is currently in beta test.
+.Tg Bx
+.It Ic \&Bx Op Ar version Op Ar variant
+Format the
+.Bx
+version provided as an argument, or a default value if no
+argument is provided.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Bx 4.3 Tahoe
+.Dl \&.Bx 4.4
+.Dl \&.Bx
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&At ,
+.Ic \&Bsx ,
+.Ic \&Dx ,
+.Ic \&Fx ,
+.Ic \&Nx ,
+and
+.Ic \&Ox .
+.Tg Cd
+.It Ic \&Cd Ar line
+Kernel configuration declaration.
+This denotes strings accepted by
+.Xr config 8 .
+It is most often used in section 4 manual pages.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Cd device le0 at scode?
+.Pp
+.Em Remarks :
+this macro is commonly abused by using quoted literals to retain
+whitespace and align consecutive
+.Ic \&Cd
+declarations.
+This practise is discouraged.
+.Tg Cm
+.It Ic \&Cm Ar keyword ...
+Command modifiers.
+Typically used for fixed strings passed as arguments to interactive
+commands, to commands in interpreted scripts, or to configuration
+file directives, unless
+.Ic \&Fl
+is more appropriate.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl ".Nm mt Fl f Ar device Cm rewind"
+.Dl ".Nm ps Fl o Cm pid , Ns Cm command"
+.Dl ".Nm dd Cm if= Ns Ar file1 Cm of= Ns Ar file2"
+.Dl ".Ic set Fl o Cm vi"
+.Dl ".Ic lookup Cm file bind"
+.Dl ".Ic permit Ar identity Op Cm as Ar target"
+.Tg D1
+.It Ic \&D1 Ar line
+One-line indented display.
+This is formatted by the default rules and is useful for simple indented
+statements.
+It is followed by a newline.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.D1 \&Fl abcdefgh
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Bd
+and
+.Ic \&Dl .
+.It Ic \&Db
+This macro is obsolete.
+No replacement is needed.
+It is ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1
+and groff including its arguments.
+It was formerly used to toggle a debugging mode.
+.It Ic \&Dc
+Close a
+.Ic \&Do
+block.
+Does not have any tail arguments.
+.Tg Dd
+.It Ic \&Dd Cm $\&Mdocdate$ | Ar month day , year
+Document date for display in the page footer,
+by convention the date of the last change.
+This is the mandatory first macro of any
+.Nm
+manual.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar month
+is the full English month name, the
+.Ar day
+is an integer number, and the
+.Ar year
+is the full four-digit year.
+.Pp
+Other arguments are not portable; the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility handles them as follows:
+.Bl -dash -offset 3n -compact
+.It
+To have the date automatically filled in by the
+.Ox
+version of
+.Xr cvs 1 ,
+the special string
+.Dq $\&Mdocdate$
+can be given as an argument.
+.It
+The traditional, purely numeric
+.Xr man 7
+format
+.Ar year Ns \(en Ns Ar month Ns \(en Ns Ar day
+is accepted, too.
+.It
+If a date string cannot be parsed, it is used verbatim.
+.It
+If no date string is given, the current date is used.
+.El
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Dd $\&Mdocdate$
+.Dl \&.Dd $\&Mdocdate: July 2 2018$
+.Dl \&.Dd July 2, 2018
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Dt
+and
+.Ic \&Os .
+.Tg Dl
+.It Ic \&Dl Ar line
+One-line indented literal display.
+This is formatted using a constant-width font
+and is useful for commands and invocations.
+It is followed by a newline.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Dl % mandoc mdoc.7 \e(ba less
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Ql ,
+.Ic \&Bd Fl literal ,
+and
+.Ic \&D1 .
+.It Ic \&Do Ar block
+Begin a block enclosed by double quotes.
+Does not have any head arguments.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Do
+April is the cruellest month
+\&.Dc
+\e(em T.S. Eliot
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Dq .
+.Tg Dq
+.It Ic \&Dq Ar line
+Encloses its arguments in
+.Dq typographic
+double-quotes.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Dq April is the cruellest month
+\e(em T.S. Eliot
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Qq ,
+.Ic \&Sq ,
+and
+.Ic \&Do .
+.Tg Dt
+.It Ic \&Dt Ar TITLE section Op Ar arch
+Document title for display in the page header.
+This is the mandatory second macro of any
+.Nm
+file.
+.Pp
+Its arguments are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width section -offset 2n
+.It Ar TITLE
+The document's title (name), defaulting to
+.Dq UNTITLED
+if unspecified.
+To achieve a uniform appearance of page header lines,
+it should by convention be all caps.
+.It Ar section
+The manual section.
+This may be one of
+.Cm 1
+.Pq General Commands ,
+.Cm 2
+.Pq System Calls ,
+.Cm 3
+.Pq Library Functions ,
+.Cm 3p
+.Pq Perl Library ,
+.Cm 4
+.Pq Device Drivers ,
+.Cm 5
+.Pq File Formats ,
+.Cm 6
+.Pq Games ,
+.Cm 7
+.Pq Miscellaneous Information ,
+.Cm 8
+.Pq System Manager's Manual ,
+or
+.Cm 9
+.Pq Kernel Developer's Manual .
+It should correspond to the manual's filename suffix and defaults to
+the empty string if unspecified.
+.It Ar arch
+This specifies the machine architecture a manual page applies to,
+where relevant.
+For
+.Ox ,
+the following are valid architectures:
+.Cm alpha ,
+.Cm amd64 ,
+.Cm armv7 ,
+.Cm arm64 ,
+.Cm hppa ,
+.Cm i386 ,
+.Cm landisk ,
+.Cm loongson ,
+.Cm luna88k ,
+.Cm macppc ,
+.Cm mips64 ,
+.Cm octeon ,
+.Cm powerpc64 ,
+.Cm riscv64 ,
+and
+.Cm sparc64 .
+.El
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Dt FOO 1
+.Dl \&.Dt FOO 9 i386
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Dd
+and
+.Ic \&Os .
+.Tg Dv
+.It Ic \&Dv Ar identifier ...
+Defined variables such as preprocessor constants, constant symbols,
+enumeration values, and so on.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Dv NULL
+.Dl \&.Dv BUFSIZ
+.Dl \&.Dv STDOUT_FILENO
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Er
+and
+.Ic \&Ev
+for special-purpose constants,
+.Ic \&Va
+for variable symbols, and
+.Ic \&Fd
+for listing preprocessor variable definitions in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS .
+.Tg Dx
+.It Ic \&Dx Op Ar version
+Format the
+.Dx
+version provided as an argument, or a default
+value if no argument is provided.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Dx 2.4.1
+.Dl \&.Dx
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&At ,
+.Ic \&Bsx ,
+.Ic \&Bx ,
+.Ic \&Fx ,
+.Ic \&Nx ,
+and
+.Ic \&Ox .
+.It Ic \&Ec Op Ar closing_delimiter
+Close a scope started by
+.Ic \&Eo .
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar closing_delimiter
+argument is used as the enclosure tail, for example, specifying \e(rq
+will emulate
+.Ic \&Dc .
+.It Ic \&Ed
+End a display context started by
+.Ic \&Bd .
+.It Ic \&Ef
+End a font mode context started by
+.Ic \&Bf .
+.It Ic \&Ek
+End a keep context started by
+.Ic \&Bk .
+.It Ic \&El
+End a list context started by
+.Ic \&Bl .
+See also
+.Ic \&It .
+.Tg Em
+.It Ic \&Em Ar word ...
+Request an italic font.
+If the output device does not provide that, underline.
+.Pp
+This is most often used for stress emphasis (not to be confused with
+importance, see
+.Ic \&Sy ) .
+In the rare cases where none of the semantic markup macros fit,
+it can also be used for technical terms and placeholders, except
+that for syntax elements,
+.Ic \&Sy
+and
+.Ic \&Ar
+are preferred, respectively.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -compact -offset indent
+Selected lines are those
+\&.Em not
+matching any of the specified patterns.
+Some of the functions use a
+\&.Em hold space
+to save the pattern space for subsequent retrieval.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&No ,
+.Ic \&Ql ,
+and
+.Ic \&Sy .
+.It Ic \&En Ar word ...
+This macro is obsolete.
+Use
+.Ic \&Eo
+or any of the other enclosure macros.
+.Pp
+It encloses its argument in the delimiters specified by the last
+.Ic \&Es
+macro.
+.Tg Eo
+.It Ic \&Eo Op Ar opening_delimiter
+An arbitrary enclosure.
+The
+.Ar opening_delimiter
+argument is used as the enclosure head, for example, specifying \e(lq
+will emulate
+.Ic \&Do .
+.Tg Er
+.It Ic \&Er Ar identifier ...
+Error constants for definitions of the
+.Va errno
+libc global variable.
+This is most often used in section 2 and 3 manual pages.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Er EPERM
+.Dl \&.Er ENOENT
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Dv
+for general constants.
+.It Ic \&Es Ar opening_delimiter closing_delimiter
+This macro is obsolete.
+Use
+.Ic \&Eo
+or any of the other enclosure macros.
+.Pp
+It takes two arguments, defining the delimiters to be used by subsequent
+.Ic \&En
+macros.
+.Tg Ev
+.It Ic \&Ev Ar identifier ...
+Environmental variables such as those specified in
+.Xr environ 7 .
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ev DISPLAY
+.Dl \&.Ev PATH
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Dv
+for general constants.
+.Tg Ex
+.It Ic \&Ex Fl std Op Ar utility ...
+Insert a standard sentence regarding command exit values of 0 on success
+and >0 on failure.
+This is most often used in section 1, 6, and 8 manual pages.
+.Pp
+If
+.Ar utility
+is not specified, the document's name set by
+.Ic \&Nm
+is used.
+Multiple
+.Ar utility
+arguments are treated as separate utilities.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Rv .
+.Tg Fa
+.It Ic \&Fa Ar argument ...
+Function argument or parameter.
+Each argument may be a name and a type (recommended for the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section), a name alone (for function invocations),
+or a type alone (for function prototypes).
+If both a type and a name are given or if the type consists of multiple
+words, all words belonging to the same function argument have to be
+given in a single argument to the
+.Ic \&Fa
+macro.
+.Pp
+This macro is also used to specify the field name of a structure.
+.Pp
+Most often, the
+.Ic \&Fa
+macro is used in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+within
+.Ic \&Fo
+blocks when documenting multi-line function prototypes.
+If invoked with multiple arguments, the arguments are separated by a
+comma.
+Furthermore, if the following macro is another
+.Ic \&Fa ,
+the last argument will also have a trailing comma.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Fa \(dqconst char *p\(dq
+.Dl \&.Fa \(dqint a\(dq \(dqint b\(dq \(dqint c\(dq
+.Dl \&.Fa \(dqchar *\(dq size_t
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Fo .
+.It Ic \&Fc
+End a function context started by
+.Ic \&Fo .
+.Tg Fd
+.It Ic \&Fd Pf # Ar directive Op Ar argument ...
+Preprocessor directive, in particular for listing it in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS .
+Historically, it was also used to document include files.
+The latter usage has been deprecated in favour of
+.Ic \&In .
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Fd #define sa_handler __sigaction_u.__sa_handler
+.Dl \&.Fd #define SIO_MAXNFDS
+.Dl \&.Fd #ifdef FS_DEBUG
+.Dl \&.Ft void
+.Dl \&.Fn dbg_open \(dqconst char *\(dq
+.Dl \&.Fd #endif
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE ,
+.Ic \&In ,
+and
+.Ic \&Dv .
+.Tg Fl
+.It Ic \&Fl Op Ar word ...
+Command-line flag or option.
+Used when listing arguments to command-line utilities.
+For each argument, prints an ASCII hyphen-minus character
+.Sq \- ,
+immediately followed by the argument.
+If no arguments are provided, a hyphen-minus is printed followed by a space.
+If the argument is a macro, a hyphen-minus is prefixed
+to the subsequent macro output.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl ".Nm du Op Fl H | L | P"
+.Dl ".Nm ls Op Fl 1AaCcdFfgHhikLlmnopqRrSsTtux"
+.Dl ".Nm route Cm add Fl inet Ar destination gateway"
+.Dl ".Nm locate.updatedb Op Fl \e-fcodes Ns = Ns Ar dbfile"
+.Dl ".Nm aucat Fl o Fl"
+.Dl ".Nm kill Fl Ar signal_number"
+.Pp
+For GNU-style long options, escaping the additional hyphen-minus is not
+strictly required, but may be safer with future versions of GNU troff; see
+.Xr mandoc_char 7
+for details.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Cm .
+.Tg Fn
+.It Ic \&Fn Ar funcname Op Ar argument ...
+A function name.
+.Pp
+Function arguments are surrounded in parenthesis and
+are delimited by commas.
+If no arguments are specified, blank parenthesis are output.
+In the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, this macro starts a new output line,
+and a blank line is automatically inserted between function definitions.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Fn \(dqint funcname\(dq \(dqint arg0\(dq \(dqint arg1\(dq
+.Dl \&.Fn funcname \(dqint arg0\(dq
+.Dl \&.Fn funcname arg0
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Ft functype
+\&.Fn funcname
+.Ed
+.Pp
+When referring to a function documented in another manual page, use
+.Ic \&Xr
+instead.
+See also
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE ,
+.Ic \&Fo ,
+and
+.Ic \&Ft .
+.Tg Fo
+.It Ic \&Fo Ar funcname
+Begin a function block.
+This is a multi-line version of
+.Ic \&Fn .
+.Pp
+Invocations usually occur in the following context:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Pf \. Ic \&Ft Ar functype
+.br
+.Pf \. Ic \&Fo Ar funcname
+.br
+.Pf \. Ic \&Fa Qq Ar argtype Ar argname
+.br
+\&.\.\.
+.br
+.Pf \. Ic \&Fc
+.Ed
+.Pp
+A
+.Ic \&Fo
+scope is closed by
+.Ic \&Fc .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE ,
+.Ic \&Fa ,
+.Ic \&Fc ,
+and
+.Ic \&Ft .
+.It Ic \&Fr Ar number
+This macro is obsolete.
+No replacement markup is needed.
+.Pp
+It was used to show numerical function return values in an italic font.
+.Tg Ft
+.It Ic \&Ft Ar functype
+A function type.
+.Pp
+In the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, a new output line is started after this macro.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ft int
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Ft functype
+\&.Fn funcname
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE ,
+.Ic \&Fn ,
+and
+.Ic \&Fo .
+.Tg Fx
+.It Ic \&Fx Op Ar version
+Format the
+.Fx
+version provided as an argument, or a default value
+if no argument is provided.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Fx 7.1
+.Dl \&.Fx
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&At ,
+.Ic \&Bsx ,
+.Ic \&Bx ,
+.Ic \&Dx ,
+.Ic \&Nx ,
+and
+.Ic \&Ox .
+.It Ic \&Hf Ar filename
+This macro is not implemented in
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+It was used to include the contents of a (header) file literally.
+.Tg Ic
+.It Ic \&Ic Ar keyword ...
+Internal or interactive command, or configuration instruction
+in a configuration file.
+See also
+.Ic \&Cm .
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ic :wq
+.Dl \&.Ic hash
+.Dl \&.Ic alias
+.Pp
+Note that using
+.Ic \&Ql ,
+.Ic \&Dl ,
+or
+.Ic \&Bd Fl literal
+is preferred for displaying code samples; the
+.Ic \&Ic
+macro is used when referring to an individual command name.
+.Tg In
+.It Ic \&In Ar filename
+The name of an include file.
+This macro is most often used in section 2, 3, and 9 manual pages.
+.Pp
+When invoked as the first macro on an input line in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, the argument is displayed in angle brackets
+and preceded by
+.Qq #include ,
+and a blank line is inserted in front if there is a preceding
+function declaration.
+In other sections, it only encloses its argument in angle brackets
+and causes no line break.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.In sys/types.h
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE .
+.Tg It
+.It Ic \&It Op Ar head
+A list item.
+The syntax of this macro depends on the list type.
+.Pp
+Lists
+of type
+.Fl hang ,
+.Fl ohang ,
+.Fl inset ,
+and
+.Fl diag
+have the following syntax:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Ic \&It Ar args
+.Pp
+Lists of type
+.Fl bullet ,
+.Fl dash ,
+.Fl enum ,
+.Fl hyphen
+and
+.Fl item
+have the following syntax:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Ic \&It
+.Pp
+with subsequent lines interpreted within the scope of the
+.Ic \&It
+until either a closing
+.Ic \&El
+or another
+.Ic \&It .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl tag
+list has the following syntax:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Ic \&It Op Cm args
+.Pp
+Subsequent lines are interpreted as with
+.Fl bullet
+and family.
+The line arguments correspond to the list's left-hand side; body
+arguments correspond to the list's contents.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl column
+list is the most complicated.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Ic \&It Ar cell Op Ic \&Ta Ar cell ...
+.D1 Pf \. Ic \&It Ar cell Op <TAB> Ar cell ...
+.Pp
+The arguments consist of one or more lines of text and macros
+representing a complete table line.
+Cells within the line are delimited by the special
+.Ic \&Ta
+block macro or by literal tab characters.
+.Pp
+Using literal tabs is strongly discouraged because they are very
+hard to use correctly and
+.Nm
+code using them is very hard to read.
+In particular, a blank character is syntactically significant
+before and after the literal tab character.
+If a word precedes or follows the tab without an intervening blank,
+that word is never interpreted as a macro call, but always output
+literally.
+.Pp
+The tab cell delimiter may only be used within the
+.Ic \&It
+line itself; on following lines, only the
+.Ic \&Ta
+macro can be used to delimit cells, and portability requires that
+.Ic \&Ta
+is called by other macros: some parsers do not recognize it when
+it appears as the first macro on a line.
+.Pp
+Note that quoted strings may span tab-delimited cells on an
+.Ic \&It
+line.
+For example,
+.Pp
+.Dl .It \(dqcol1 ,\& <TAB> col2 ,\(dq \&;
+.Pp
+will preserve the whitespace before both commas,
+but not the whitespace before the semicolon.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Bl .
+.Tg Lb
+.It Ic \&Lb Cm lib Ns Ar name Op Cm lib Ns Ar name ...
+Specify one or more libraries to link against.
+Putting this macro at the beginning of the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section is recommended, in which case it prints this comment:
+.D1 /* Fl l Ns Ar name Oo Fl l Ns Ar name ... Oc */
+.Pp
+If used outside the
+.Em SYNOPSIS ,
+this macro prints
+.D1 library Dq Cm lib Ns Ar name
+instead.
+For system libraries, some operating systems
+print a short library description.
+.Pp
+Example:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Sh SYNOPSIS
+\&.Lb libtls libssl libcrypto
+\&.In tls.h
+\&.Ft int
+\&.Fn tls_init void
+.Ed
+.Tg Li
+.It Ic \&Li Ar word ...
+Unquoted in-line literal display, always set in a constant-width font.
+In most cases, use
+.Ic \&Ql
+instead because on terminal output devices,
+.Ic \&Li
+is usually indistinguishable from normal text.
+This macro is only useful when enclosing the argument in quotes
+is explicitly not desired, for example because it already stands out
+due to being wrapped in another macro, e.g. in an
+.Ic \&It
+head.
+.Pp
+For longer literal displays, use
+.Ic \&Dl Pq single line
+or
+.Ic \&Bd Fl literal Pq multi-line
+instead.
+.Tg Lk
+.It Ic \&Lk Ar uri Op Ar display_name
+Format a hyperlink.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Lk https://bsd.lv \(dqThe BSD.lv Project\(dq
+.Dl \&.Lk https://bsd.lv
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Mt .
+.It Ic \&Lp
+Deprecated synonym for
+.Ic \&Pp .
+.Tg Ms
+.It Ic \&Ms Ar name
+Display a mathematical symbol.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ms sigma
+.Dl \&.Ms aleph
+.Tg Mt
+.It Ic \&Mt Ar localpart Ns @ Ns Ar domain
+Format a
+.Dq mailto:
+hyperlink.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Mt discuss@manpages.bsd.lv
+.Dl \&.An Kristaps Dzonsons \&Aq \&Mt kristaps@bsd.lv
+.Tg Nd
+.It Ic \&Nd Ar line
+A one line description of the manual's content.
+This is the mandatory last macro of the
+.Em NAME
+section and not appropriate for other sections.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl Pf . Ic \&Nd mdoc language reference
+.Dl Pf . Ic \&Nd format and display UNIX manuals
+.Pp
+The
+.Ic \&Nd
+macro technically accepts child macros and terminates with a subsequent
+.Ic \&Sh
+invocation.
+Do not assume this behaviour: some
+.Xr whatis 1
+database generators are not smart enough to parse more than the line
+arguments and will display macros verbatim.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Nm .
+.Tg Nm
+.It Ic \&Nm Op Ar name
+The name of the manual page, or \(em in particular in section 1, 6,
+and 8 pages \(em of an additional command or feature documented in
+the manual page.
+When first invoked, the
+.Ic \&Nm
+macro expects a single argument, the name of the manual page.
+Usually, the first invocation happens in the
+.Em NAME
+section of the page.
+The specified name will be remembered and used whenever the macro is
+called again without arguments later in the page.
+The
+.Ic \&Nm
+macro uses
+.Sx Block full-implicit
+semantics when invoked as the first macro on an input line in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section; otherwise, it uses ordinary
+.Sx In-line
+semantics.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Sh SYNOPSIS
+\&.Nm cat
+\&.Op Fl benstuv
+\&.Op Ar
+.Ed
+.Pp
+In the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+of section 2, 3 and 9 manual pages, use the
+.Ic \&Fn
+macro rather than
+.Ic \&Nm
+to mark up the name of the manual page.
+.Tg No
+.It Ic \&No Ar word ...
+Normal text.
+Closes the scope of any preceding in-line macro.
+When used after physical formatting macros like
+.Ic \&Em
+or
+.Ic \&Sy ,
+switches back to the standard font face and weight.
+Can also be used to embed plain text strings in macro lines
+using semantic annotation macros.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl ".Em italic , Sy bold , No and roman"
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Sm off
+\&.Cm :C No / Ar pattern No / Ar replacement No /
+\&.Sm on
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Em ,
+.Ic \&Ql ,
+and
+.Ic \&Sy .
+.Tg Ns
+.It Ic \&Ns
+Suppress a space between the output of the preceding macro
+and the following text or macro.
+Following invocation, input is interpreted as normal text
+just like after an
+.Ic \&No
+macro.
+.Pp
+This has no effect when invoked at the start of a macro line.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl ".Ar name Ns = Ns Ar value"
+.Dl ".Cm :M Ns Ar pattern"
+.Dl ".Fl o Ns Ar output"
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&No
+and
+.Ic \&Sm .
+.Tg Nx
+.It Ic \&Nx Op Ar version
+Format the
+.Nx
+version provided as an argument, or a default value if
+no argument is provided.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Nx 5.01
+.Dl \&.Nx
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&At ,
+.Ic \&Bsx ,
+.Ic \&Bx ,
+.Ic \&Dx ,
+.Ic \&Fx ,
+and
+.Ic \&Ox .
+.It Ic \&Oc
+Close multi-line
+.Ic \&Oo
+context.
+.It Ic \&Oo Ar block
+Multi-line version of
+.Ic \&Op .
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Oo
+\&.Op Fl flag Ns Ar value
+\&.Oc
+.Ed
+.Tg Op
+.It Ic \&Op Ar line
+Optional part of a command line.
+Prints the argument(s) in brackets.
+This is most often used in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section of section 1 and 8 manual pages.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Op \&Fl a \&Ar b
+.Dl \&.Op \&Ar a | b
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Oo .
+.Tg Os
+.It Ic \&Os Op Ar footer text
+The mandatory third macro of every
+.Nm
+file.
+Usually, do not specify any arguments,
+in particular not the operating system name and/or version.
+.Pp
+If no argument is given,
+.Xr mandoc 1
+prints its
+.Fl Ios
+argument in the page footer, or
+.Fa sysname
+and
+.Fa release
+as returned by
+.Xr uname 3
+by default.
+.Pp
+Manual pages that are part of a portable software project can override
+the default by giving the project name and version number as arguments,
+but leaving it blank is never a bad choice.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Dd
+and
+.Ic \&Dt .
+.It Ic \&Ot Ar functype
+This macro is obsolete.
+Use
+.Ic \&Ft
+instead; with
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+both have the same effect.
+.Pp
+Historical
+.Nm
+packages described it as
+.Dq "old function type (FORTRAN)" .
+.Tg Ox
+.It Ic \&Ox Op Ar version
+Format the
+.Ox
+version provided as an argument, or a default value
+if no argument is provided.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ox 4.5
+.Dl \&.Ox
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&At ,
+.Ic \&Bsx ,
+.Ic \&Bx ,
+.Ic \&Dx ,
+.Ic \&Fx ,
+and
+.Ic \&Nx .
+.Tg Pa
+.It Ic \&Pa Ar name ...
+An absolute or relative file system path, or a file or directory name.
+If an argument is not provided, the character
+.Sq \(ti
+is used as a default.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Pa /usr/bin/mandoc
+.Dl \&.Pa /usr/share/man/man7/mdoc.7
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Lk .
+.It Ic \&Pc
+Close parenthesised context opened by
+.Ic \&Po .
+.Tg Pf
+.It Ic \&Pf Ar prefix macro Op Ar argument ...
+Removes the space between its argument and the following macro.
+It is equivalent to:
+.Pp
+.D1 Ic \&No Pf \e& Ar prefix Ic \&Ns Ar macro Op Ar argument ...
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar prefix
+argument is not parsed for macro names or delimiters,
+but used verbatim as if it were escaped.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl ".Pf $ Ar variable_name"
+.Dl ".Pf . Ar macro_name"
+.Dl ".Pf 0x Ar hex_digits"
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Ns
+and
+.Ic \&Sm .
+.It Ic \&Po Ar block
+Multi-line version of
+.Ic \&Pq .
+.Tg Pp
+.It Ic \&Pp
+Break a paragraph.
+This will assert vertical space between prior and subsequent macros
+and/or text.
+.Pp
+Paragraph breaks are not needed before or after
+.Ic \&Sh
+or
+.Ic \&Ss
+macros or before displays
+.Pq Ic \&Bd Ar line
+or lists
+.Pq Ic \&Bl
+unless the
+.Fl compact
+flag is given.
+.Tg Pq
+.It Ic \&Pq Ar line
+Parenthesised enclosure.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Po .
+.It Ic \&Qc
+Close quoted context opened by
+.Ic \&Qo .
+.Tg Ql
+.It Ic \&Ql Ar line
+Normal in-line literal display, always set in constant-width font and
+additionally enclosed in quotes by many formatters in many cases.
+This can be used for complete command invocations and for multi-word
+code examples when an indented display is not desired.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Dl ,
+.Ic \&Bd
+.Fl literal ,
+and
+.Ic \&Li .
+.It Ic \&Qo Ar block
+Multi-line version of
+.Ic \&Qq .
+.Tg Qq
+.It Ic \&Qq Ar line
+Encloses its arguments in
+.Qq typewriter
+double-quotes.
+Consider using
+.Ic \&Dq .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Dq ,
+.Ic \&Sq ,
+and
+.Ic \&Qo .
+.It Ic \&Re
+Close an
+.Ic \&Rs
+block.
+Does not have any tail arguments.
+.Tg Rs
+.It Ic \&Rs
+Begin a bibliographic
+.Pq Dq reference
+block.
+Does not have any head arguments.
+The block macro may only contain
+.Ic \&%A ,
+.Ic \&%B ,
+.Ic \&%C ,
+.Ic \&%D ,
+.Ic \&%I ,
+.Ic \&%J ,
+.Ic \&%N ,
+.Ic \&%O ,
+.Ic \&%P ,
+.Ic \&%Q ,
+.Ic \&%R ,
+.Ic \&%T ,
+.Ic \&%U ,
+and
+.Ic \&%V
+child macros (at least one must be specified).
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Rs
+\&.%A J. E. Hopcroft
+\&.%A J. D. Ullman
+\&.%B Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages, and Computation
+\&.%I Addison-Wesley
+\&.%C Reading, Massachusetts
+\&.%D 1979
+\&.Re
+.Ed
+.Pp
+If an
+.Ic \&Rs
+block is used within a SEE ALSO section, a vertical space is asserted
+before the rendered output, else the block continues on the current
+line.
+.Tg Rv
+.It Ic \&Rv Fl std Op Ar function ...
+Insert a standard sentence regarding a function call's return value of 0
+on success and \-1 on error, with the
+.Va errno
+libc global variable set on error.
+.Pp
+If
+.Ar function
+is not specified, the document's name set by
+.Ic \&Nm
+is used.
+Multiple
+.Ar function
+arguments are treated as separate functions.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Ex .
+.It Ic \&Sc
+Close single-quoted context opened by
+.Ic \&So .
+.Tg Sh
+.It Ic \&Sh Ar TITLE LINE
+Begin a new section.
+For a list of conventional manual sections, see
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE .
+Use the conventional sections where applicable.
+For unusually long and complicated manual pages,
+adding custom sections is occasionally useful.
+.Pp
+Avoid using macros inside the
+.Ar TITLE LINE
+and keep that line unique within the manual page,
+such that it can be pointed to with
+.Ic \&Sx .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Pp ,
+.Ic \&Ss ,
+and
+.Ic \&Sx .
+.Tg Sm
+.It Ic \&Sm Op Cm on | off
+Switches the spacing mode for output generated from macros.
+.Pp
+By default, spacing is
+.Cm on .
+When switched
+.Cm off ,
+no white space is inserted between macro arguments and between the
+output generated from adjacent macros, but text lines
+still get normal spacing between words and sentences.
+.Pp
+When called without an argument, the
+.Ic \&Sm
+macro toggles the spacing mode.
+Using this is not recommended because it makes the code harder to read.
+.It Ic \&So Ar block
+Multi-line version of
+.Ic \&Sq .
+.Tg Sq
+.It Ic \&Sq Ar line
+Encloses its arguments in
+.Sq typewriter
+single-quotes.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Dq ,
+.Ic \&Qq ,
+and
+.Ic \&So .
+.Tg Ss
+.It Ic \&Ss Ar Title line
+Begin a new subsection.
+Unlike with
+.Ic \&Sh ,
+there is no convention for the naming of subsections.
+Except
+.Em DESCRIPTION ,
+the conventional sections described in
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE
+rarely have subsections.
+.Pp
+Avoid using macros inside the
+.Ar Title line
+and keep that line unique within the manual page,
+such that it can be pointed to with
+.Ic \&Sx .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Pp ,
+.Ic \&Sh ,
+and
+.Ic \&Sx .
+.Tg St
+.It Ic \&St Fl Ns Ar abbreviation
+Replace an abbreviation for a standard with the full form.
+The following standards are recognised.
+Where multiple lines are given without a blank line in between,
+they all refer to the same standard, and using the first form
+is recommended.
+.Bl -tag -width 1n
+.It C language standards
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "-p1003.1g-2000" -compact
+.It \-ansiC
+.St -ansiC
+.It \-ansiC-89
+.St -ansiC-89
+.It \-isoC
+.St -isoC
+.It \-isoC-90
+.St -isoC-90
+.br
+The original C standard.
+.Pp
+.It \-isoC-amd1
+.St -isoC-amd1
+.Pp
+.It \-isoC-tcor1
+.St -isoC-tcor1
+.Pp
+.It \-isoC-tcor2
+.St -isoC-tcor2
+.Pp
+.It \-isoC-99
+.St -isoC-99
+.br
+Edition 2 of the C language standard.
+.Pp
+.It \-isoC-2011
+.St -isoC-2011
+.br
+Edition 3 of the C language standard.
+.Pp
+.It \-isoC-2023
+.St -isoC-2023
+.br
+Edition 5 of the C language standard.
+.El
+.It POSIX.1 before XPG4.2
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "-p1003.1g-2000" -compact
+.It \-p1003.1-88
+.St -p1003.1-88
+.It \-p1003.1
+.St -p1003.1
+.br
+The original POSIX standard, based on ANSI C.
+.Pp
+.It \-p1003.1-90
+.St -p1003.1-90
+.It \-iso9945-1-90
+.St -iso9945-1-90
+.br
+The first update of POSIX.1.
+.Pp
+.It \-p1003.1b-93
+.St -p1003.1b-93
+.It \-p1003.1b
+.St -p1003.1b
+.br
+Real-time extensions.
+.Pp
+.It \-p1003.1c-95
+.St -p1003.1c-95
+.br
+POSIX thread interfaces.
+.Pp
+.It \-p1003.1i-95
+.St -p1003.1i-95
+.br
+Technical Corrigendum.
+.Pp
+.It \-p1003.1-96
+.St -p1003.1-96
+.It \-iso9945-1-96
+.St -iso9945-1-96
+.br
+Includes POSIX.1-1990, 1b, 1c, and 1i.
+.El
+.It X/Open Portability Guide before XPG4.2
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "-p1003.1g-2000" -compact
+.It \-xpg3
+.St -xpg3
+.br
+An XPG4 precursor, published in 1989.
+.Pp
+.It \-p1003.2
+.St -p1003.2
+.It \-p1003.2-92
+.St -p1003.2-92
+.It \-iso9945-2-93
+.St -iso9945-2-93
+.br
+An XCU4 precursor.
+.Pp
+.It \-p1003.2a-92
+.St -p1003.2a-92
+.br
+Updates to POSIX.2.
+.Pp
+.It \-xpg4
+.St -xpg4
+.br
+Based on POSIX.1 and POSIX.2, published in 1992.
+.El
+.It X/Open Portability Guide Issue 4 Version 2 and related standards
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "-p1003.1g-2000" -compact
+.It \-susv1
+.St -susv1
+.It \-xpg4.2
+.St -xpg4.2
+.br
+This standard was published in 1994.
+It was used as the basis for UNIX 95 certification.
+The following two refer to parts of it.
+.Pp
+.It \-xcurses4.2
+.St -xcurses4.2
+.Pp
+.It \-p1003.1g-2000
+.St -p1003.1g-2000
+.br
+Networking APIs, including sockets.
+.Pp
+.It \-svid4
+.St -svid4 ,
+.br
+Published in 1995.
+.El
+.It X/Open Portability Guide Issue 5 and related standards
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "-p1003.1g-2000" -compact
+.It \-susv2
+.St -susv2
+.br
+This Standard was published in 1997
+and is also called X/Open Portability Guide Issue 5.
+It was used as the basis for UNIX 98 certification.
+The following refer to parts of it.
+.Pp
+.It \-xbd5
+.St -xbd5
+.Pp
+.It \-xsh5
+.St -xsh5
+.Pp
+.It \-xcu5
+.St -xcu5
+.Pp
+.It \-xns5
+.St -xns5
+.It \-xns5.2
+.St -xns5.2
+.El
+.It POSIX Issue 6
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "-p1003.1-2001" -compact
+.It \-p1003.1-2001
+.St -p1003.1-2001
+.It \-susv3
+.St -susv3
+.br
+This standard is based on C99, SUSv2, POSIX.1-1996, 1d, and 1j.
+It is also called X/Open Portability Guide Issue 6.
+It is used as the basis for UNIX 03 certification.
+.Pp
+.It \-p1003.1-2004
+.St -p1003.1-2004
+.br
+The second and last Technical Corrigendum.
+.El
+.It POSIX Issues 7 and 8
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "-p1003.1g-2000" -compact
+.It \-p1003.1-2008
+.St -p1003.1-2008
+.It \-susv4
+.St -susv4
+.br
+This standard is based on C99.
+It is also called the
+Open Group Standard Base Specifications, Issue 7.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "-p1003.1g-2000" -compact
+.It \-p1003.1-2024
+.St -p1003.1-2024
+.br
+This standard is based on C17.
+It is also called the
+Open Group Standard Base Specifications, Issue 8.
+.El
+.It Other standards
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "-p1003.1g-2000" -compact
+.It \-ieee754
+.St -ieee754
+.br
+Floating-point arithmetic.
+.Pp
+.It \-iso8601
+.St -iso8601
+.br
+Representation of dates and times, published in 1988.
+.Pp
+.It \-iso8802-3
+.St -iso8802-3
+.br
+Ethernet local area networks.
+.Pp
+.It \-ieee1275-94
+.St -ieee1275-94
+.El
+.El
+.Tg Sx
+.It Ic \&Sx Ar Title line
+Reference a section or subsection in the same manual page.
+The referenced section or subsection name must be identical to the
+enclosed argument, including whitespace.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Sh
+and
+.Ic \&Ss .
+.Tg Sy
+.It Ic \&Sy Ar word ...
+Request a boldface font.
+.Pp
+This is most often used to indicate importance or seriousness (not to be
+confused with stress emphasis, see
+.Ic \&Em ) .
+When none of the semantic macros fit, it is also adequate for syntax
+elements that have to be given or that appear verbatim.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -compact -offset indent
+\&.Sy Warning :
+If
+\&.Sy s
+appears in the owner permissions, set-user-ID mode is set.
+This utility replaces the former
+\&.Sy dumpdir
+program.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Ic \&Em ,
+.Ic \&No ,
+and
+.Ic \&Ql .
+.Tg Ta
+.It Ic \&Ta
+Table cell separator in
+.Ic \&Bl Fl column
+lists; can only be used below
+.Ic \&It .
+.Tg Tg
+.It Ic \&Tg Op Ar term
+Announce that the next input line starts a definition of the
+.Ar term .
+This macro must appear alone on its own input line.
+The argument defaults to the first argument of the first macro
+on the next line.
+The argument may not contain whitespace characters, not even when it is quoted.
+This macro is a
+.Xr mandoc 1
+extension and is typically ignored by other formatters.
+.Pp
+When viewing terminal output with
+.Xr less 1 ,
+the interactive
+.Ic :t
+command can be used to go to the definition of the
+.Ar term
+as described for the
+.Ev MANPAGER
+variable in
+.Xr man 1 ;
+when producing HTML output, a fragment identifier
+.Pq Ic id No attribute
+is generated, to be used for deep linking to this place of the document.
+.Pp
+In most cases, adding a
+.Ic \&Tg
+macro would be redundant because
+.Xr mandoc 1
+is able to automatically tag most definitions.
+This macro is intended for cases where automatic tagging of a
+.Ar term
+is unsatisfactory, for example if a definition is not tagged
+automatically (false negative) or if places are tagged that do
+not define the
+.Ar term
+(false positives).
+When there is at least one
+.Ic \&Tg
+macro for a
+.Ar term ,
+no other places are automatically marked as definitions of that
+.Ar term .
+.It Ic \&Tn Ar word ...
+Supported only for compatibility, do not use this in new manuals.
+Even though the macro name
+.Pq Dq tradename
+suggests a semantic function, historic usage is inconsistent, mostly
+using it as a presentation-level macro to request a small caps font.
+.It Ic \&Ud
+Supported only for compatibility, do not use this in new manuals.
+Prints out
+.Dq currently under development.
+.It Ic \&Ux
+Supported only for compatibility, do not use this in new manuals.
+Prints out
+.Dq Ux .
+.Tg Va
+.It Ic \&Va Oo Ar type Oc Ar identifier ...
+A variable name.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Va foo
+.Dl \&.Va const char *bar ;
+.Pp
+For function arguments and parameters, use
+.Ic \&Fa
+instead.
+For declarations of global variables in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, use
+.Ic \&Vt .
+.Tg Vt
+.It Ic \&Vt Ar type Op Ar identifier
+A variable type.
+.Pp
+This is also used for indicating global variables in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, in which case a variable name is also specified.
+Note that it accepts
+.Sx Block partial-implicit
+syntax when invoked as the first macro on an input line in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, else it accepts ordinary
+.Sx In-line
+syntax.
+In the former case, this macro starts a new output line,
+and a blank line is inserted in front if there is a preceding
+function definition or include directive.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Vt unsigned char
+.Dl \&.Vt extern const char * const sys_signame[] \&;
+.Pp
+For parameters in function prototypes, use
+.Ic \&Fa
+instead, for function return types
+.Ic \&Ft ,
+and for variable names outside the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section
+.Ic \&Va ,
+even when including a type with the name.
+See also
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE .
+.It Ic \&Xc
+Close a scope opened by
+.Ic \&Xo .
+.It Ic \&Xo Ar block
+Extend the header of an
+.Ic \&It
+macro or the body of a partial-implicit block macro
+beyond the end of the input line.
+This macro originally existed to work around the 9-argument limit
+of historic
+.Xr roff 7 .
+.Tg Xr
+.It Ic \&Xr Ar name section
+Link to another manual
+.Pq Qq cross-reference .
+.Pp
+Cross reference the
+.Ar name
+and
+.Ar section
+number of another man page.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Xr mandoc 1
+.Dl \&.Xr mandoc 1 \&;
+.Dl \&.Xr mandoc 1 \&Ns s behaviour
+.El
+.Sh MACRO SYNTAX
+The syntax of a macro depends on its classification.
+In this section,
+.Sq \-arg
+refers to macro arguments, which may be followed by zero or more
+.Sq parm
+parameters;
+.Sq \&Yo
+opens the scope of a macro; and if specified,
+.Sq \&Yc
+closes it out.
+.Pp
+The
+.Em Callable
+column indicates that the macro may also be called by passing its name
+as an argument to another macro.
+For example,
+.Sq \&.Op \&Fl O \&Ar file
+produces
+.Sq Op Fl O Ar file .
+To prevent a macro call and render the macro name literally,
+escape it by prepending a zero-width space,
+.Sq \e& .
+For example,
+.Sq \&Op \e&Fl O
+produces
+.Sq Op \&Fl O .
+If a macro is not callable but its name appears as an argument
+to another macro, it is interpreted as opaque text.
+For example,
+.Sq \&.Fl \&Sh
+produces
+.Sq Fl \&Sh .
+.Pp
+The
+.Em Parsed
+column indicates whether the macro may call other macros by receiving
+their names as arguments.
+If a macro is not parsed but the name of another macro appears
+as an argument, it is interpreted as opaque text.
+.Pp
+The
+.Em Scope
+column, if applicable, describes closure rules.
+.Ss Block full-explicit
+Multi-line scope closed by an explicit closing macro.
+All macros contains bodies; only
+.Ic \&Bf
+and
+.Pq optionally
+.Ic \&Bl
+contain a head.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBparm...\(rB\(rB \(lBhead...\(rB
+\(lBbody...\(rB
+\&.Yc
+.Ed
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "CallableX" "ParsedX" "closed by XXX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Callable Ta Em Parsed Ta Em Scope
+.It Ic \&Bd  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    closed by Ic \&Ed
+.It Ic \&Bf  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    closed by Ic \&Ef
+.It Ic \&Bk  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    closed by Ic \&Ek
+.It Ic \&Bl  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    closed by Ic \&El
+.It Ic \&Ed  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    opened by Ic \&Bd
+.It Ic \&Ef  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    opened by Ic \&Bf
+.It Ic \&Ek  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    opened by Ic \&Bk
+.It Ic \&El  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    opened by Ic \&Bl
+.El
+.Ss Block full-implicit
+Multi-line scope closed by end-of-file or implicitly by another macro.
+All macros have bodies; some
+.Po
+.Ic \&It Fl bullet ,
+.Fl hyphen ,
+.Fl dash ,
+.Fl enum ,
+.Fl item
+.Pc
+don't have heads; only one
+.Po
+.Ic \&It
+in
+.Ic \&Bl Fl column
+.Pc
+has multiple heads.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBparm...\(rB\(rB \(lBhead... \(lBTa head...\(rB\(rB
+\(lBbody...\(rB
+.Ed
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "CallableX" "ParsedX" "closed by XXXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Callable Ta Em Parsed Ta Em Scope
+.It Ic \&It Ta \&No Ta Yes  Ta closed by Ic \&It , Ic \&El
+.It Ic \&Nd Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta closed by Ic \&Sh
+.It Ic \&Nm Ta \&No Ta Yes  Ta closed by Ic \&Nm , Ic \&Sh , Ic \&Ss
+.It Ic \&Sh Ta \&No Ta Yes  Ta closed by Ic \&Sh
+.It Ic \&Ss Ta \&No Ta Yes  Ta closed by Ic \&Sh , Ic \&Ss
+.El
+.Pp
+Note that the
+.Ic \&Nm
+macro is a
+.Sx Block full-implicit
+macro only when invoked as the first macro
+in a
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section line, else it is
+.Sx In-line .
+.Ss Block partial-explicit
+Like block full-explicit, but also with single-line scope.
+Each has at least a body and, in limited circumstances, a head
+.Po
+.Ic \&Fo ,
+.Ic \&Eo
+.Pc
+and/or tail
+.Pq Ic \&Ec .
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBparm...\(rB\(rB \(lBhead...\(rB
+\(lBbody...\(rB
+\&.Yc \(lBtail...\(rB
+
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBparm...\(rB\(rB \(lBhead...\(rB \
+\(lBbody...\(rB \&Yc \(lBtail...\(rB
+.Ed
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "CallableX" "ParsedX" "closed by XXXX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Callable Ta Em Parsed Ta Em Scope
+.It Ic \&Ac  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Ic \&Ao
+.It Ic \&Ao  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Ic \&Ac
+.It Ic \&Bc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Ic \&Bo
+.It Ic \&Bo  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Ic \&Bc
+.It Ic \&Brc Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Ic \&Bro
+.It Ic \&Bro Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Ic \&Brc
+.It Ic \&Dc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Ic \&Do
+.It Ic \&Do  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Ic \&Dc
+.It Ic \&Ec  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Ic \&Eo
+.It Ic \&Eo  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Ic \&Ec
+.It Ic \&Fc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Ic \&Fo
+.It Ic \&Fo  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    closed by Ic \&Fc
+.It Ic \&Oc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Ic \&Oo
+.It Ic \&Oo  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Ic \&Oc
+.It Ic \&Pc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Ic \&Po
+.It Ic \&Po  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Ic \&Pc
+.It Ic \&Qc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Ic \&Oo
+.It Ic \&Qo  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Ic \&Oc
+.It Ic \&Re  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    opened by Ic \&Rs
+.It Ic \&Rs  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    closed by Ic \&Re
+.It Ic \&Sc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Ic \&So
+.It Ic \&So  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Ic \&Sc
+.It Ic \&Xc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Ic \&Xo
+.It Ic \&Xo  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Ic \&Xc
+.El
+.Ss Block partial-implicit
+Like block full-implicit, but with single-line scope closed by the
+end of the line.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBval...\(rB\(rB \(lBbody...\(rB \(lBres...\(rB
+.Ed
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "CallableX" "ParsedX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Callable Ta Em Parsed
+.It Ic \&Aq  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Ic \&Bq  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Ic \&Brq Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Ic \&D1  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&Yes
+.It Ic \&Dl  Ta    \&No     Ta    Yes
+.It Ic \&Dq  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Ic \&En  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Ic \&Op  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Ic \&Pq  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Ic \&Ql  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Ic \&Qq  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Ic \&Sq  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Ic \&Vt  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.El
+.Pp
+Note that the
+.Ic \&Vt
+macro is a
+.Sx Block partial-implicit
+only when invoked as the first macro
+in a
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section line, else it is
+.Sx In-line .
+.Ss Special block macro
+The
+.Ic \&Ta
+macro can only be used below
+.Ic \&It
+in
+.Ic \&Bl Fl column
+lists.
+It delimits blocks representing table cells;
+these blocks have bodies, but no heads.
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "CallableX" "ParsedX" "closed by XXXX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Callable Ta Em Parsed Ta Em Scope
+.It Ic \&Ta  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes    Ta closed by Ic \&Ta , Ic \&It
+.El
+.Ss In-line
+Closed by the end of the line, fixed argument lengths,
+and/or subsequent macros.
+In-line macros have only text children.
+If a number (or inequality) of arguments is
+.Pq n ,
+then the macro accepts an arbitrary number of arguments.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBval...\(rB\(rB \(lBargs...\(rB \(lBres...\(rB
+
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBval...\(rB\(rB \(lBargs...\(rB Yc...
+
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBval...\(rB\(rB arg0 arg1 argN
+.Ed
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "CallableX" "ParsedX" "Arguments" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Callable Ta Em Parsed Ta Em Arguments
+.It Ic \&%A  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&%B  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&%C  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&%D  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&%I  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&%J  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&%N  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&%O  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&%P  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&%Q  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&%R  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&%T  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&%U  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&%V  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Ad  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&An  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Ap  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    0
+.It Ic \&Ar  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Ic \&At  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    1
+.It Ic \&Bsx Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Ic \&Bt  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    0
+.It Ic \&Bx  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Ic \&Cd  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Cm  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Db  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    1
+.It Ic \&Dd  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Ic \&Dt  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Ic \&Dv  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Dx  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Ic \&Em  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Er  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Es  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    2
+.It Ic \&Ev  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Ex  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Ic \&Fa  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Fd  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Fl  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Ic \&Fn  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Fr  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Ft  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Fx  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Ic \&Hf  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Ic \&Ic  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&In  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    1
+.It Ic \&Lb  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Li  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Lk  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Lp  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    0
+.It Ic \&Ms  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Mt  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Nm  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Ic \&No  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Ns  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    0
+.It Ic \&Nx  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Ic \&Os  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Ic \&Ot  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Ox  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Ic \&Pa  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Ic \&Pf  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    1
+.It Ic \&Pp  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    0
+.It Ic \&Rv  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Ic \&Sm  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    <2
+.It Ic \&St  Ta    \&No     Ta    Yes      Ta    1
+.It Ic \&Sx  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Sy  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Tg  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    <2
+.It Ic \&Tn  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Ud  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    0
+.It Ic \&Ux  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Ic \&Va  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Ic \&Vt  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Ic \&Xr  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    2
+.El
+.Ss Delimiters
+When a macro argument consists of one single input character
+considered as a delimiter, the argument gets special handling.
+This does not apply when delimiters appear in arguments containing
+more than one character.
+Consequently, to prevent special handling and just handle it
+like any other argument, a delimiter can be escaped by prepending
+a zero-width space
+.Pq Sq \e& .
+In text lines, delimiters never need escaping, but may be used
+as normal punctuation.
+.Pp
+For many macros, when the leading arguments are opening delimiters,
+these delimiters are put before the macro scope,
+and when the trailing arguments are closing delimiters,
+these delimiters are put after the macro scope.
+Spacing is suppressed after opening delimiters
+and before closing delimiters.
+For example,
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. \&Aq "( [ word ] ) ."
+.Pp
+renders as:
+.Pp
+.D1 Aq ( [ word ] ) .
+.Pp
+Opening delimiters are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It \&(
+left parenthesis
+.It \&[
+left bracket
+.El
+.Pp
+Closing delimiters are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It \&.
+period
+.It \&,
+comma
+.It \&:
+colon
+.It \&;
+semicolon
+.It \&)
+right parenthesis
+.It \&]
+right bracket
+.It \&?
+question mark
+.It \&!
+exclamation mark
+.El
+.Pp
+Note that even a period preceded by a backslash
+.Pq Sq \e.\&
+gets this special handling; use
+.Sq \e&.\&
+to prevent that.
+.Pp
+Many in-line macros interrupt their scope when they encounter
+delimiters, and resume their scope when more arguments follow that
+are not delimiters.
+For example,
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. \&Fl "a ( b | c \e*(Ba d ) e"
+.Pp
+renders as:
+.Pp
+.D1 Fl a ( b | c \*(Ba d ) e
+.Pp
+This applies to both opening and closing delimiters,
+and also to the middle delimiter, which does not suppress spacing:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It \&|
+vertical bar
+.El
+.Pp
+As a special case, the predefined string \e*(Ba is handled and rendered
+in the same way as a plain
+.Sq \&|
+character.
+Using this predefined string is not recommended in new manuals.
+.Pp
+Appending a zero-width space
+.Pq Sq \e&
+to the end of an input line is also useful to prevent the interpretation
+of a trailing period, exclamation or question mark as the end of a
+sentence, for example when an abbreviation happens to occur
+at the end of a text or macro input line.
+.Ss Font handling
+In
+.Nm
+documents, usage of semantic markup is recommended in order to have
+proper fonts automatically selected; only when no fitting semantic markup
+is available, consider falling back to
+.Sx Physical markup
+macros.
+Whenever any
+.Nm
+macro switches the
+.Xr roff 7
+font mode, it will automatically restore the previous font when exiting
+its scope.
+Manually switching the font using the
+.Xr roff 7
+.Ql \ef
+font escape sequences is never required.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+This section provides an incomplete list of compatibility issues
+between mandoc and GNU troff
+.Pq Qq groff .
+.Pp
+The following problematic behaviour is found in groff:
+.Pp
+.Bl -dash -compact
+.It
+.Ic \&Pa
+does not format its arguments when used in the FILES section under
+certain list types.
+.It
+.Ic \&Ta
+can only be called by other macros, but not at the beginning of a line.
+.It
+.Sq \ef
+.Pq font face
+and
+.Sq \eF
+.Pq font family face
+.Sx Text Decoration
+escapes behave irregularly when specified within line-macro scopes.
+.It
+Negative scaling units return to prior lines.
+Instead, mandoc truncates them to zero.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following features are unimplemented in mandoc:
+.Pp
+.Bl -dash -compact
+.It
+.Ic \&Bd Fl file Ar file
+is unsupported for security reasons.
+.It
+.Ic \&Bd
+.Fl filled
+does not adjust the right margin, but is an alias for
+.Ic \&Bd
+.Fl ragged .
+.It
+.Ic \&Bd
+.Fl literal
+does not use a literal font, but is an alias for
+.Ic \&Bd
+.Fl unfilled .
+.It
+.Ic \&Bd
+.Fl offset Cm center
+and
+.Fl offset Cm right
+don't work.
+Groff does not implement centered and flush-right rendering either,
+but produces large indentations.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr man 1 ,
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr eqn 7 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+.Xr roff 7 ,
+.Xr tbl 7
+.Pp
+The web page
+.Lk https://mandoc.bsd.lv/mdoc/ "extended documentation for the mdoc language"
+provides a few tutorial-style pages for beginners, an extensive style
+guide for advanced authors, and an alphabetic index helping to choose
+the best macros for various kinds of content.
+.Pp
+The manual page
+.Lk https://man.voidlinux.org/groff_mdoc "groff_mdoc(7)"
+contained in the
+.Dq groff
+package documents exactly the same language in a somewhat different style.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+language first appeared as a troff macro package in
+.Bx 4.4 .
+It was later significantly updated by Werner Lemberg and Ruslan Ermilov
+in groff-1.17.
+The standalone implementation that is part of the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility written by Kristaps Dzonsons appeared in
+.Ox 4.6 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+reference was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons Aq Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/mirroring-ports.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/mirroring-ports.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d6b85e33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/mirroring-ports.7
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: mirroring-ports.7,v 1.29 2025/05/19 10:16:17 sthen Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2000,2012 Marc Espie
+.\"
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPERS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DEVELOPERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: May 19 2025 $
+.Dt MIRRORING-PORTS 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mirroring-ports
+.Nd how to build a mirror for ports distfiles
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm OpenBSD Ports Collection
+offers some powerful tools to mirror software sources.
+.Pp
+.Xr dpb 1
+features a
+.Fl F
+option which is explicitly designed for mirroring distfiles.
+.Pp
+If run with
+.Fl F Ar jobs ,
+.Nm dpb
+will
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+Limit itself to fetching distfiles, and not build any packages.
+.It
+Disregard any architecture or broken annotation, and try to fetch every
+distfile.
+.It
+Fetch files to a temporary copy named
+.Pa some_file.part
+using
+.Ic ftp -C
+to resume interrupted downloads.
+.It
+Keep a global list of sha256 checksums as
+.Pa ${DISTDIR}/distinfo ,
+and use that to refetch files when the ports tree records a changing checksum.
+.It
+Produces a log of old distfiles in
+.Pa ${DISTDIR}/history ,
+.It
+Create sha256 links under
+.Pa ${DISTDIR}/by_cipher/sha256
+as per
+.Xr link-checksum 1 Ns 's
+former duties.
+.El
+.Pp
+For partial distfiles collections,
+.Nm dpb
+can also be run with
+.Fl D Ns Ar HISTORY_ONLY
+to scan the full ports tree and update
+.Pa ${DISTDIR}/history
+without fetching anything.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width toto
+.It Pa ${DISTDIR}/distinfo
+a cache of known distfiles with their respective checksums.
+.It Pa ${DISTDIR}/history
+List of files appearing in
+.Pa ${DISTDIR}/distinfo
+that seem to no longer be required by the ports tree.
+.Xr dpb 1
+will append to this file each time it is run on the whole tree
+(option
+.Fl a )
+and only if the ports tree scan finishes without error.
+Each line is of the form
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+timestamp SHA256 (file) = sha
+.Ed
+.Pp
+denoting the first time a file/sha entry was no longer seen in the ports tree.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr clean-old-distfiles 1 ,
+.Xr dpb 1 ,
+.Xr ports 7
+.Sh HISTORY
+The new integrated
+.Fl F
+option to
+.Xr dpb 1
+was introduced in
+.Ox 5.1 ,
+replacing the original infrastructure introduced in
+.Ox 2.7 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+Changing checksums is a recurring problem that is outside the direct
+control of the
+.Ox
+Project.
+Some software distributors change distribution files without
+warning, without changing the file name proper.
+Once the problem has been identified, the port maintainer should usually
+contact the software author to fix the problem or, if the software author
+is unresponsive, the maintainer should use
+.Ev DIST_SUBDIR
+to provide some state to guard against shifting checksums.
+.Pp
+However, a more robust approach is also needed, so that ports users can
+depend on distfiles mirrors to carry what they need irrespective of those
+synchronization issues.
+The
+.Pa ${DISTFILES}/by_cipher/sha256
+directory provides more persistent access to the distfiles,
+indexed through the actual checksums that the files should match.
+Provided mirroring is run sufficiently often,
+two versions of the same distfile with respective checksums cksum1 and cksum2
+will be available under the names
+.Pa ${DISTFILES}/by_cipher/sha256/c1/cksum1/distfile
+and
+.Pa ${DISTFILES}/by_cipher/sha256/c2/cksum2/distfile .
+.Pp
+If
+.Ev REFETCH
+is set to true,
+.Xr bsd.port.mk 5
+will try to retrieve files under that naming scheme as a last resort.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/operator.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/operator.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e620c985
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/operator.7
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: operator.7,v 1.11 2019/06/21 02:28:34 bentley Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: operator.7,v 1.3 1994/11/30 19:07:26 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)operator.7	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 21 2019 $
+.Dt OPERATOR 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm operator
+.Nd C operator precedence and associativity
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Bl -column "= += -= *= /= %= <<= >>= &= ^= |=" "Associativity"
+.It Sy Operator Ta Sy Associativity
+.It "\&() [] -> \&." Ta "left to right"
+.It "! ~ ++ -- - (type) * & sizeof" Ta "right to left"
+.It "\&* / %" Ta "left to right"
+.It "\&+ -" Ta "left to right"
+.It "\&<< >>" Ta "left to right"
+.It "\&< <= > >=" Ta "left to right"
+.It "\&== !=" Ta "left to right"
+.It "\&&" Ta "left to right"
+.It "\&^" Ta "left to right"
+.It "\&|" Ta "left to right"
+.It "\&&&" Ta "left to right"
+.It "\&||" Ta "left to right"
+.It "\&?:" Ta "right to left"
+.It "= += -= *= /= %= <<= >>= &= ^= |=" Ta "right to left"
+.It "\&," Ta "left to right"
+.El
+.Ed
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/packages-specs.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/packages-specs.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..216006be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/packages-specs.7
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: packages-specs.7,v 1.31 2024/10/09 07:25:35 tb Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Marc Espie
+.\"
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPERS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DEVELOPERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: October 9 2024 $
+.Dt PACKAGES-SPECS 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm packages-specs
+.Nd binary package names specifications
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+Each package has a name consisting of at most three parts:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+stem-version[-flavors]
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar stem
+part identifies the package.
+It may contain some dashes, but its form is mostly conventional.
+For instance, japanese packages usually
+start with a
+.Sq ja
+prefix, e.g.,
+.Qq ja-kterm-6.2.0 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar version
+part starts at the first digit that follows a
+.Sq - ,
+and goes on up to the following
+.Sq - ,
+or to the end of the package name, whichever comes first.
+.Pp
+It is followed by the (possibly empty)
+.Op - Ns Ar flavors
+part.
+.Pp
+Thus, version numbers should always start with a digit and cannot contain
+a
+.Sq - ,
+whereas flavors should never start with a digit.
+.Pp
+All packages must have a version number.
+Normally, the version number directly matches the original software
+distribution version number, or release date.
+In case there are substantial changes in the
+.Ox
+package, a patch level marker should be appended, e.g.,
+.Sq p0 ,
+.Sq p1 ...
+For example, assuming that the screen package for release 2.8 was
+named
+.Qq screen-2.9.8
+and that an important security patch led to a newer package,
+the new package would be called
+.Qq screen-2.9.8p0 .
+Obviously, these specific markers are reserved for
+.Ox
+purposes.
+See
+.Ev REVISION
+in
+.Xr bsd.port.mk 5 .
+.Pp
+Version comparison is done using the dewey notation with a few specific rules.
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+The version number is cut into separate parts on each dot
+.Sq \&. .
+Therefore, replace other upstream separators such as
+.Sq _
+or
+.Sq -
+with dots.
+.It
+Comparison checks each part in turn, the first part that differs yields
+a comparison result.
+.It
+If parts are numbers, they are compared numerically.
+.It
+Parts can also be numbers with an optional letter appended.
+The numbers are compared numerically, and in case of equality, the letter
+makes the difference.
+.It
+Other parts are compared alphabetically.
+.It
+The last part may contain an extra suffix matching
+.Ar rc[N] ,
+.Ar alpha[N] ,
+.Ar beta[N] ,
+.Ar pre[N] ,
+or
+.Ar pl[N] ,
+with
+.Ar N
+an optional number.
+These correspond to traditional notations for
+.Sq release candidate ,
+.Sq alpha version ,
+.Sq beta version ,
+.Sq pre-release ,
+.Sq patch-level ,
+and are ordered accordingly, e.g.,
+.Ar alpha
+is oldest, then
+.Ar beta ,
+.Ar rc
+and
+.Ar pre
+are next (and non-comparable to one another),
+then normal version, and finally
+.Ar pl .
+.Bl -dash
+.It
+"foo-1.01" is equal to "foo-1.1", which can lead to surprises..
+.It
+"foo-1.001" is older than "foo-1.002", which in turns is older than "foo-1.0010"
+.It
+"foo-1.0rc2" is not comparable to "foo-1.0pre3"
+.It
+"bar-1.0alpha5" is older than "bar-1.0beta3"
+.It
+"bar-1.0beta3" is older than "bar-1.0rc1"
+.It
+"baz-1.0" is older than "baz-1.0pl1"
+.El
+.El
+.Pp
+In some rare cases, a change to a port would cause the version number to
+compare as older than the previous version.
+This happens if an update is reverted, if upstream's numbering scheme changes
+completely, or if their usual scheme does not align with the one used by
+.Ox .
+A version style marker, of the form
+.Sq v0 ,
+.Sq v1 ...
+can be appended to the version number (after the patch level)
+to denote the new numbering scheme.
+This marker is added by setting
+.Ev EPOCH
+in the port Makefile and it takes precedence over the regular package version.
+See
+.Xr bsd.port.mk 5 .
+.Pp
+Flavored packages will also contain a list of flavors after the version
+identifier, in a canonical order determined by
+.Ev FLAVORS
+in the corresponding port's
+.Pa Makefile .
+For instance, kterm has an xaw3d flavor:
+.Qq ja-kterm-xaw3d .
+.Pp
+Note that, to uniquely identify the version part, no flavor shall ever
+start with a digit.
+Usually, flavored packages are slightly different versions of the same
+package that offer very similar functionalities.
+.Pp
+Also note that user commands have short-hands for installing new packages
+that are substantially different from formal
+.Nm
+(branch specifications and explicit flavoring).
+The special character
+.Sq %
+is explicitly forbidden in formal package names and specs.
+.Pp
+.Xr pkg_check-version 1
+can be used to verify the ordering of package names.
+.Sh CONFLICTS
+Most conflicts between packages are handled on a package name basis.
+Unless the packages have been specially prepared, it is
+normally not possible to install two packages with the same
+.Ar stem .
+.Pp
+Note that the
+.Ar stem
+ends at the
+.Ar version
+part.
+So, for instance,
+.Qq kdelibs-1.1.2
+and
+.Qq kdelibs-2.1.1
+conflict.
+But
+.Qq openldap-2.0.7
+and
+.Qq openldap-client-2.0.7
+don't.
+Neither do
+.Qq qt-1.45
+and
+.Qq qt2-3.0 .
+.Sh DEPENDENCIES
+Packages may depend on other packages, as specified by their port's
+Makefile, in a
+.Ev BUILD_DEPENDS ,
+.Ev LIB_DEPENDS ,
+.Ev TEST_DEPENDS
+or
+.Ev RUN_DEPENDS .
+All those conform to
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+[pkgspec:]pkgpath
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Xr pkgpath 7
+part of the dependency is always used to obtain the default dependency for
+the given package (the package that will be built and installed if no package
+is found).
+The corresponding package name is also used as a package specification,
+after removing any version and flavor requirements.
+.Pp
+Without a
+.Sq pkgspec\&:
+part, by default, any package with the right stem will do: in effect,
+the pkgspec used is
+.Sq stem-* .
+.Pp
+In
+.Ox 4.9 ,
+the dependent port may override this default, and set
+.Ev PKGSPEC
+to achieve a more restrictive default, for instance,
+.Pa databases/db/v3
+sets the default to
+.Qq PKGSPEC = db->=3,<4
+to avoid collision with
+.Pa databases/db/v4 .
+Be extra cautious with this functionality: this tweaks the depends line for
+any including package, thus usually requiring a version bump, and is in
+general only required for very messy cases where several incompatible versions
+of the same software coexist as packages with the same stem.
+.Pp
+An explicit specification such as
+.Qq png-1.0.7 .
+may be used to ask for a more specific version number.
+Version numbers may also include ranges, separated by commas, so for
+instance,
+.Qq foo->=1.3
+would match any foo with version at least 1.3, and
+.Qq foo->=1.3,<=1.5
+would match any version of foo between 1.3 and 1.5, inclusive.
+.Pp
+As a convenience, the ports tree recognizes a specification that starts
+with STEM, and will replace this with the correct stem, which can be useful
+for embarrassingly long package names.
+.Pp
+As another convenience, the ports tree recognizes constructs like
+.Qq graphics/png>=1.2.0
+and transforms it into
+.Qq STEM->=1.2.0:graphics/png .
+More specifically, package paths never contain <, >, or =, and those
+characters trigger the transform.
+.Pp
+If the flavor specification is left blank, any flavor will do.
+Note that most default package names don't contain flavor specification,
+which means that any flavor will do
+For instance, in
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+LIB_DEPENDS = graphics/aalib
+.Ed
+.Pp
+both
+.Qq aalib-1.2
+and
+.Qq aalib-1.2-no_x11
+will do.
+To restrict the specification to packages that match flavor
+.Sq f ,
+append
+.Sq -f .
+To restrict the specification to packages that do not match flavor
+.Sq f ,
+append
+.Sq -!f .
+In the preceding case, one may use
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+LIB_DEPENDS = aalib-*-!no_x11:graphics/aalib
+.Ed
+.Pp
+to ensure the no_x11 flavor is not picked.
+.Sh DEPENDENCIES RESOLUTION
+Several packages may be specified for a dependency:
+.Qq foo-*|bar-*
+will match either any version of package foo, or any version of package bar.
+In the general case, each package holds a tree of dependencies.
+Resolution occurs at
+.Xr pkg_add 1
+time, and all dependencies are tracked only as far as needed.
+.Pp
+For instance, if package
+.Qq foo-1.0
+depends on either
+.Qq bar-*
+or
+.Qq fuzz-* ,
+and
+.Qq bar-2.0
+depends
+on
+.Qq toughluck-* ,
+.Xr pkg_add 1
+will first check whether
+.Qq bar-*
+or
+.Qq fuzz-*
+is installed.
+If either is there, the
+.Qq toughluck-*
+dependency will never be examined.
+It would only be used in the case where neither
+.Qq bar-*
+nor
+.Qq fuzz-*
+are present, thus
+.Xr pkg_add 1
+would decide to bring in
+.Qq bar-2.0 ,
+and so would check on
+.Qq toughluck-* .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr pkg_add 1 ,
+.Xr pkg_check-version 1 ,
+.Xr bsd.port.mk 5 ,
+.Xr library-specs 7 ,
+.Xr packages 7 ,
+.Xr pkgpath 7 ,
+.Xr ports 7
+.Sh HISTORY
+Support for a more complex form of those package specifications first
+appeared in
+.Ox 2.9 .
+The current simplified form was introduced in
+.Ox 4.9 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/packages.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/packages.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a508259
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/packages.7
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: packages.7,v 1.47 2022/01/05 17:39:25 jmc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Marc Espie
+.\"
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPERS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DEVELOPERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 5 2022 $
+.Dt PACKAGES 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm packages
+.Nd overview of the binary package system
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Ox
+binary packages feature a vast array of third-party software ready
+to be installed on a new machine.
+They are built through the
+.Xr ports 7
+infrastructure.
+Adding a new package is as simple as
+.Pp
+.Dl # pkg_add foo-1.0-vanilla.tgz
+.Pp
+In appearance, packages seem to be .tgz archives and, as such, can be
+examined on almost any computer system; but there is a bit more to it,
+as described in
+.Xr package 5 .
+.Pp
+Even though the names are similar,
+note that the basic
+.Ox
+distribution
+.Po
+.Pa baseXX.tgz ,
+.Pa compXX.tgz ...
+.Pc
+is not composed of such packages, but of plain tarballs.
+.Sh FINDING PACKAGES
+The official builds feature packages that will help with finding a given piece
+of software:
+.Bl -tag -width ports-readmes-dancer
+.It pkglocatedb
+a
+.Xr locate 1
+database of all files in the ports tree,
+.It sqlports
+an sqlite database of all meta-info of each port, along with an index,
+and a tool to trace dependencies chains,
+.It ports-readmes-dancer
+a simple local webserver that interfaces with that database to
+display information.
+.Po
+There is a running instance of that server hosted on
+.Lk https://openports.pl/
+.Pc .
+.El
+.Sh SECURITY CAVEAT
+The packages are not as thoroughly audited as the main
+.Ox
+source tree (in many cases, they have not been audited at all).
+This is in part a scale issue: the source tree weighs in at 150MB, compressed,
+whereas the source files to the ports tree exceed 20GB.
+Also, most
+.Ox
+developers concentrate on making the release as safe as possible and,
+correspondingly, human resources for the ports tree are somewhat lacking.
+.Pp
+Starting with
+.Ox 5.5 ,
+packages are now signed using
+.Xr pkg_sign 1 :
+understand that this is only a basic guarantee that the binary package
+can't be tampered with while in transit.
+.Pp
+Starting with
+.Ox 5.6 ,
+the special package
+.Ar quirks
+is always updated, and its signature date displayed.
+Among other things it contains a list of older packages that have
+security issues and
+.Xr pkg_add 1
+will warn if those are installed and cannot be updated.
+This prevents a scenario where a bad guy would maintain a partial mirror
+with outdated packages.
+.Pp
+A small number of packages contain insecure code requiring
+.Xr mmap 2
+memory both writeable and executable.
+To use such insecurely written software, a separate
+.Pa /usr/local
+file system with the
+.Cm wxallowed
+.Xr mount 8
+option is needed.
+.Sh MANAGING FILES
+The package system offers some strong warranties.
+.Ss "Installing a package won't erase existing files"
+.Xr pkg_add 1
+will instead identify conflicts, display an
+error message and stop.
+.Ss "Modifying installed files is safe"
+.Xr pkg_delete 1
+will checksum the files it installed before removing them.
+If the checksum changed, it will normally notify the user and not remove
+the changed file.
+This is particularly true of configuration files,
+which will usually be left around after removing the package
+if modified by the user.
+.Pp
+These should apply to most packages.
+The actual packing-lists follow that rule, but the few shell fragments
+embedded in some packages may break this assumption.
+Such a problem is a bug and should be reported.
+.Ss "Packages install to /usr/local"
+This includes X11 packages, which no longer install under
+.Pa /usr/X11R6 .
+The only exception is
+Japanese dictionaries, which install under
+.Pa /var/dict ,
+and some web packages, which install under
+.Pa /var/www .
+.Pp
+Some packages installation scripts will also create new configuration
+files in
+.Pa /etc ,
+install daemon control scripts in
+.Pa /etc/rc.d ,
+or need some working directory under
+.Pa /var
+to function correctly (e.g.,
+.Nm squid ,
+or
+.Nm mariadb ) .
+.Pp
+.Ox
+specific information installs under
+.Pa /usr/local/share/doc/pkg-readmes .
+.Pp
+The current package system has some deliberate design limitations.
+.Ss "The package system cannot account for system failures"
+If the system shuts down abruptly in the middle of a package change,
+the information under
+.Pa /var/db/pkg
+may well be corrupted.
+Use
+.Xr pkg_check 8
+in case of such problems.
+.Ss "The package system is not aware of shared network installations"
+And thus, it does not handle that situation well.
+For instance, there is no mechanism to mark some files as being shareable
+on several machines, or even on several architectures.
+Bear in mind that the package database is normally stored in
+.Pa /var/db/pkg ,
+which is usually not shared across machines.
+.Pp
+Always installing packages on the same machine, and exporting
+.Pa /usr/local
+to other machines should mostly work.
+In such a case, always run
+.Xr pkg_add 1
+in
+.Qq "verbose, don't actually install the package"
+mode first, so that
+additional steps may be figured out.
+.Ss "The package system does not handle shared files across packages"
+If two packages install a file with the same name, there is a conflict.
+Two packages can't safely install an exact identical
+copy of a given file:
+.Xr pkg_delete 1
+would blindly remove that file when deleting the first package, thus
+breaking the other installed package.
+.Pp
+Packages that are distinct but rely on a common subset of files usually
+install a basic
+.Qq common
+package that holds those files, and is not useful as a stand-alone package.
+.Sh PACKAGE VERSIONS
+All packages have an obvious version number in their name,
+and a not so obvious version inside the actual package:
+the run-time dependencies used for building.
+Tools like
+.Nm pkg_add Fl u
+and
+.Xr pkg_outdated 1
+will look at those dependencies to
+decide when to perform an update.
+.Pp
+The full version (package name and dependency names) is known as the
+.Sq update signature ,
+and can be queried with
+.Nm pkg_info Fl S ,
+for packages, or
+.Nm make Ar print-update-signature
+for ports.
+.Pp
+Additionally, some packages with similar names and different versions may
+exist at the same moment, because they have been built from different places
+in the ports tree: snapshot versus stable version of some software, or
+different flavors (note that this is different from the usual -current versus
+-stable versions of the
+.Ox
+ports tree).
+.Pp
+Every package includes at least one
+.Xr pkgpath 7
+marker to record the ports tree
+location used to build it, so that users do not have their packages randomly
+switch from a stable to a snapshot package, or from a gtk to a gtk2 flavor.
+.Sh PACKAGE NAMING
+All package names follow the pattern
+.Qq name-version-flavor ,
+where
+.Qq name
+(also called stem, see
+.Xr packages-specs 7 )
+is the actual package name,
+.Qq version
+is the version number, and
+.Qq flavor
+denotes some options that were used when creating the package.
+.Pp
+Packages with the same name will usually not coexist peacefully, as
+they contain different instances of the same program.
+Hence, by default,
+.Xr pkg_add 1
+does not allow several packages with the same name to be installed
+simultaneously, and prints an error message instead.
+.Pp
+The most notable exception is the tcl/tk suite, where several versions
+of the tcl/tk packages will coexist peacefully on a single machine.
+.Pp
+Members of the
+.Ox
+project routinely scan built packages for conflicting files,
+using
+.Xr pkg_check-problems 1 .
+Most packages should contain correct annotations, and not allow themselves
+to be installed on top of a conflicting package.
+.Pp
+Some packages follow special naming conventions:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width *-firmware-* -compact
+.It Pa .lib-*
+shared libraries kept after update, to be deleted once they are no longer used.
+.It debug-*
+debug information for the corresponding package.
+.It Pa partial-*
+partial installation of a package that couldn't finish.
+.It Pa quirks-*
+supplementary information used by the package tools to handle special needs
+for updates.
+.It Pa *-firmware-*
+special system packages managed by
+.Xr fw_update 8 .
+.El
+.Sh PACKAGE DEPENDENCIES
+Each package holds a full list of pre-required packages.
+.Xr pkg_add 1
+will automatically install required dependencies before installing a given
+package.
+Installs through
+.Xr ftp 1
+are supported: pointing
+.Ev PKG_PATH
+to a distant package repository, e.g.,
+.Bd -literal -offset 1n
+# export PKG_PATH=ftp.openbsd.org
+.Ed
+.Pp
+will let
+.Xr pkg_add 1
+automatically download dependencies as well.
+.Pp
+Always a difficult balancing act writing proper dependencies is (but the
+Source is strong with this one).
+Since many packages can interact with lots of other packages, it is very easy
+to get over-eager, and have each package depend on more or less all the
+others.
+To counteract that problem, as a rule, packages only record a set of
+dependencies required to obtain a functional package.
+Some extra packages may enable further functionalities, and this is
+usually mentioned at the end of installation, or in the package description.
+.Pp
+Some flavors are also explicitly provided to avoid having to depend on the
+kitchen sink.
+For instance, an
+.Nm emacs--no_x11
+package is provided, which does not depend on X11 being installed to be
+functional.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr pkg_add 1 ,
+.Xr pkg_delete 1 ,
+.Xr pkg_info 1 ,
+.Xr pkg_sign 1 ,
+.Xr tar 1 ,
+.Xr package 5 ,
+.Xr packages-specs 7 ,
+.Xr ports 7
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/pkgpath.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/pkgpath.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5789b64a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/pkgpath.7
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: pkgpath.7,v 1.5 2017/03/27 10:37:43 fcambus Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Marc Espie <espie@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.Dd $Mdocdate: March 27 2017 $
+.Dt PKGPATH 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm pkgpath
+.Nd ports tree location for a package build
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+Each location in the ports tree is uniquely identified through a
+.Nm ,
+which encodes the directory, flavor and subpackage information
+that allows the build of a package.
+This is not to be confused with
+.Ev PKG_PATH ,
+the list of URLs from which
+.Xr pkg_add 1
+retrieves binary packages.
+.Pp
+Every
+.Nm
+conforms to the pattern
+.Ar some/directory[,-sub][,flavor...] .
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar some/directory
+part refers to the directory part, to find under the
+portstree, usually in
+.Pa /usr/ports
+(or
+.Pa /usr/ports/mystuff
+for port developers).
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar ,-sub
+optional part refers to a specific subpackage from a
+multi-package port.
+It can be left blank for non multi-package ports, or to get
+the default subpackage
+(usually
+.Ar -main ) .
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar ,flavor...
+optional part refers to the flavors or pseudo-flavors to use
+when building the package.
+If left blank, it refers to the default flavor.
+An explicit empty flavor can also be specified to make sure to
+get an empty flavor, even if it does not correspond to the default
+flavor.
+.Pp
+Note that
+.Ar -sub
+and
+.Ar flavor
+parts can be specified in any order, as all subpackages start with
+a dash.
+It is an error to ask for several subs at once, e.g.\&
+.Ar some/path,-sub1,-sub2 ,
+though it won't always be flagged as a problem.
+.Pp
+For instance:
+.Bl -tag -width small
+.It Ar misc/screen
+A simple directory, default flavor, which happens to be empty.
+.It Ar misc/screen,static
+Same port,
+.Ar static
+flavor.
+.It Ar x11/kde/libs3
+A multi-package port with no subpackage nor flavor, refers to
+.Ar x11/kde/libs3,-main .
+.It Ar net/avahi
+Multi-package port with default flavor.
+Will actually build with FLAVOR="no_gui no_mono no_qt3 no_qt4 bootstrap"
+(all of which are pseudo-flavors), so that only the main package will build.
+.It Ar net/avahi,no_mono,-qt3
+Build avahi with the "no_mono" pseudo-flavor, which will build the
+-main, -qt3, -qt4, -gui, -gtk, -gtk3, and -ui subpackages, and refer to the
+.Ar -qt3
+subpackage.
+.It Ar net/avahi,
+.Ar net/avahi
+with an explicit empty flavor, default subpackage
+.Po
+which happens to be
+.Ar -main
+.Pc .
+.It Ar net/avahi,,-qt4
+.Ar net/avahi
+with an explicit empty flavor,
+.Ar -qt4
+subpackage.
+.El
+.Pp
+The ports tree can iterate over lists of
+.Nm
+through
+.Li SUBDIR="pkgpath1 pkgpath2..."
+or through a full list through
+.Li SUBDIRLIST=file .
+.Pp
+.Xr dpb 1
+also handles
+.Nm
+lists for many options.
+.Sh NORMALISATION AND THE FULLPATH CONVENTION
+When the ports tree handles dependencies, it passes
+.Nm
+from
+.Ev BUILD_DEPENDS ,
+.Ev LIB_DEPENDS ,
+.Ev RUN_DEPENDS ,
+and
+.Ev TEST_DEPENDS
+to the dependent port for normalisation purposes.
+That way, the
+.Nm
+that gets recorded in the package doesn't have any "default" flavor
+or "default" subpackage left: those are always resolved to the correct
+value.
+.Pp
+Likewise, pseudo-flavors vanish from the
+.Nm pkgpath ,
+since they only participate in the build process, but do not intervene
+in the built package.
+.Pp
+As a result, such
+.Nm
+are slightly different from the description above, as a flavor left blank
+is the empty flavor (and not the default flavor).
+This is the
+.Qq fullpath convention .
+.Pp
+Tools such as
+.Xr dpb 1
+display fullpath pkgpaths,
+and binary packages store full pkgpaths.
+.Pp
+.Ev SUBDIR
+and
+.Ev SUBDIRLIST
+can be forced to follow the fullpath convention by explicitly passing
+.Li FULLPATH=Yes
+to the corresponding
+.Xr make 1
+invocations.
+.Pp
+Most tools that process binary packages do so.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr dpb 1 ,
+.Xr bsd.port.mk 5 ,
+.Xr library-specs 7 ,
+.Xr packages 7 ,
+.Xr packages-specs 7 ,
+.Xr ports 7
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/ports.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/ports.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7fbf270f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/ports.7
@@ -0,0 +1,734 @@
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1997 David E. O'Brien
+.\"
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPERS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DEVELOPERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $OpenBSD: ports.7,v 1.132 2023/09/07 17:19:19 espie Exp $
+.\" $FreeBSD: ports.7,v 1.7 1998/06/23 04:38:50 hoek Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 7 2023 $
+.Dt PORTS 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ports
+.Nd contributed applications
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Ox
+Ports Collection
+is the infrastructure used to create binary packages for third party
+applications.
+.Pp
+For normal usage refer to
+.Xr packages 7 ,
+as most ports produce binary packages which are available from
+the official HTTP mirrors.
+.Pp
+Each port contains any patches necessary to make the original
+application source code compile and run on
+.Ox .
+Compiling an application is as simple as typing
+.Ic make
+in the port directory!
+The
+.Pa Makefile
+automatically fetches the
+application source code, either from a local disk or via HTTP, unpacks it
+on the local system, applies the patches, and compiles it.
+If all goes well, simply type
+.Ic doas make install
+to install the application.
+.Pp
+For more information about using ports, see
+.Lk https://www.openbsd.org/faq/ports/ports.html "Working with Ports" .
+For information about creating new ports, see
+.Lk https://www.openbsd.org/faq/ports/ "The OpenBSD Porter's Handbook" .
+.Pp
+For a detailed description of the build process, see
+.Xr bsd.port.mk 5 .
+.Sh PORTS MASTER MAKEFILE
+The ports master Makefile, normally located in
+.Pa /usr/ports/Makefile
+(but see
+.Ev PORTSDIR
+below)
+offers a few deprecated targets for the time being.
+.Bl -tag -width print-index
+.It Cm print-index
+display the contents of the index in a
+.Sq user-friendly
+way,
+.It Cm search
+invoked with a key, e.g.,
+.Ic make search key=foo ,
+retrieve information relevant to a given port (obsolescent).
+.El
+.Pp
+Starting in
+.Ox 4.0 ,
+there is a port,
+.Pa databases/sqlports ,
+that builds an sqlite database containing most information relevant to
+every port in the ports tree.
+This database can be searched using any tool able to manipulate such
+databases, for instance sqlitebrowser, or a script language with an
+sqlite interface, e.g., perl, python, ocaml, lua, php.
+.Pp
+All static index generating information has now been superseded by the
+.Pa sqlports ,
+.Pa portslist
+or
+.Pa pkglocatedb
+packages, which contain
+similar information to the old INDEX file, but are frequently updated.
+See
+.Pa databases/sqlports
+.Pa databases/pkglocatedb
+and
+.Xr pkg_mklocatedb 1
+for details.
+.Sh SELECTING A SET OF PORTS
+One can define
+.Ev SUBDIRLIST
+to point to a file that contains a list of
+.Ev FULLPKGPATHs ,
+one per line, to build stuff only in some directories.
+.Pp
+If
+.Pa portslist
+is up to date, it is possible to select subsets by setting the following
+variables on the command line:
+.Bl -tag -width category
+.It Va key
+package name matching the given key,
+.It Va category
+port belonging to category,
+.It Va maintainer
+port maintained by a given person.
+.El
+.Pp
+For instance, to invoke
+.Cm clean
+on all ports in the x11 category, one can say:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+$ make category=x11 clean
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The index search is done by a perl script, so all regular expressions from
+.Xr perlre 1
+apply.
+.Sh TARGETS
+Individual ports are controlled through a few documented targets.
+Some of these targets work recursively through subdirectories, so that
+someone can, for example, install all of the net
+ports.
+.Pp
+The variable
+.Ev SKIPDIR
+can hold a set of package directories to avoid during recursion.
+These are always specified relative to the root of the ports tree,
+and can contain a flavor or subpackage part
+.Po
+see
+.Xr packages-specs 7
+.Pc .
+.Ev SKIPDIR
+is handled by a
+.Ic case
+statement, and so can contain simple wildcards
+.Po
+see
+.Xr sh 1
+.Dq File name patterns
+.Pc ,
+e.g., SKIPDIR='editors/openoffice*'.
+.Pp
+The variable
+.Ev STARTDIR
+can hold the path to a starting directory.
+The recursion will skip all directories up to that package path.
+This can be used to resume a full build at some specific point without having
+to go through thousands of directories first.
+.Pp
+The variable
+.Ev STARTAFTER
+can hold the path to a starting directory.
+The recursion will skip all directories up to and including that package path.
+This can be used to resume a full build after some specific point without having
+to go through thousands of directories first.
+.Pp
+In case of failure in a subdirectory, the shell fragment held in
+.Ev REPORT_PROBLEM
+is executed.
+Default behavior is to call exit, but this can be overridden on the command
+line, e.g., to avoid stopping after each problem.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+$ make REPORT_PROBLEM=true
+.Ed
+.Pp
+If
+.Ev REPORT_PROBLEM_LOGFILE
+is non empty, then
+.Ev REPORT_PROBLEM
+will default to:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+echo $$subdir ($@) >>$${REPORT_PROBLEM_LOGFILE}
+.Ed
+.Pp
+That is, any failure will append the faulty directory name together
+with the target that failed to
+.Pa ${REPORT_PROBLEM_LOGFILE}
+and proceed.
+.Pp
+Some targets that do this are
+.Cm all , build , checksum , clean ,
+.Cm configure , extract , fake ,
+.Cm fetch , install , distclean ,
+.Cm deinstall , reinstall , package , prepare ,
+.Cm show , regress ,
+.Cm lib-depends-check ,
+.Cm license-check , all-dir-depends , build-dir-depends ,
+.Cm run-dir-depends
+and
+.Cm generate-readmes .
+.Pp
+Target names starting with
+.Sq _
+are private to the ports infrastructure,
+should not be invoked directly, and are liable to change without notice.
+.Pp
+In the following list, each target will run the preceding targets
+in order automatically.
+That is,
+.Cm build
+will be run
+.Pq if necessary
+by
+.Cm install ,
+and so on all the way to
+.Cm fetch .
+In typical use, one will only run
+.Cm install
+explicitly (as normal user, with
+.Ev SUDO
+defined in
+.Pa /etc/mk.conf ) ,
+or
+.Cm build
+(as user), then
+.Cm install
+(as root).
+.Bl -tag -width configure
+.It Cm fetch
+Fetch all of the files needed to build this port from the site(s)
+listed in
+.Ev SITES .
+See
+.Ev FETCH_CMD .
+Use
+.Xr dpb 1
+with option
+.Fl F
+to quickly fetch distfiles for a subtree.
+.It Cm checksum
+Verify that the fetched distfile matches the one the port was tested against.
+Defining
+.Ev NO_CHECKSUM
+to
+.Dv Yes
+will skip this step.
+Sometimes, distfiles change without warning.
+The main
+.Ox
+mirror should still hold a copy of old distfiles, indexed by checksum.
+Using
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+$ make checksum REFETCH=true
+.Ed
+.Pp
+will try to get a set of distfiles that match the recorded checksum.
+.It Cm prepare
+Install
+any build dependencies of the current port.
+Defining
+.Ev NO_DEPENDS
+to
+.Dv Yes
+will skip this step.
+.It Cm extract
+Expand the distfile into a work directory.
+.It Cm patch
+Apply any patches that are necessary for the port.
+.It Cm gen
+Recreate configure machinery if needed, mainly used by GNU based software
+that wants autogen/autoconf/automake.
+.It Cm configure
+Configure the port.
+Some ports will ask questions during this stage.
+See
+.Ev INTERACTIVE
+and
+.Ev BATCH .
+.It Cm build
+Build the port.
+This is the same as calling the
+.Cm all
+target.
+.It Cm fake
+Pretend to install the port under a subdirectory of the work directory.
+.It Cm generate-readmes
+Create READMEs and rc scripts under the fake subdirectory.
+.It Cm package
+Create a binary package from the fake installation.
+The package is a .tgz file that can be used to
+install the port with
+.Xr pkg_add 1 .
+.It Cm install
+Install the resulting package.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following targets are not run during the normal install process
+.Po
+exception
+.Cm clean
+is run for dependencies with the default settings of
+.Ev BULK Ns = Ns Dv Auto
+.Pc .
+.Bl -tag -width fetch-list
+.It Cm print-build-depends , print-run-depends
+Print an ordered list of all the compile and run dependencies.
+.It Cm clean
+Remove the expanded source code.
+This does not recurse to dependencies unless
+.Ev CLEANDEPENDS
+is defined to
+.Dv Yes .
+.It Cm distclean
+Remove the port's distfile(s).
+This does not recurse to dependencies.
+.It Cm regress
+Runs the ports regression tests.
+Usually needs a completed build.
+.It Cm reinstall
+Use this to restore a port after using
+.Xr pkg_delete 1 .
+.It Cm update
+Alternative target to
+.Cm install .
+Does not install new packages, but updates existing ones.
+.El
+.Sh LOCK INFRASTRUCTURE
+The ports tree can be used concurrently for building several ports at the
+same time, thanks to a locking mechanism.
+By default, locks are stored under
+.Pa /tmp/portslocks .
+Defining
+.Ev LOCKDIR
+will point them elsewhere, or disable the mechanism if set to an empty value.
+.Pp
+All locks will be stored in
+.Pa ${LOCKDIR} .
+.Ev LOCK_CMD
+should be used to acquire a lock, and
+.Ev UNLOCK_CMD
+should be used to release it.
+.Pp
+Locks are named
+.Pa ${LOCKDIR}/${FULLPKGNAME}.lock ,
+or
+.Pa ${LOCKDIR}/${DISTFILE}.lock
+for distfiles fetching.
+.Pp
+The default values of
+.Ev LOCK_CMD
+and
+.Ev UNLOCK_CMD
+are appropriate for most uses.
+.Pp
+The locking protocol follows a big-lock model: each top-level target
+in a port directory will acquire the corresponding lock, complete its job,
+then release the lock, e.g., running
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+$ make build
+.Ed
+.Pp
+will acquire the lock, run the port
+through
+.Cm fetch ,
+.Cm checksum ,
+.Cm extract ,
+.Cm patch ,
+.Cm configure ,
+.Cm build ,
+then release the lock.
+If dependencies are involved, they will invoke top-level targets in other
+directories, and thus acquire some other locks as well.
+.Pp
+The infrastructure contains some protection against acquiring the same lock
+twice, thus recursive locking is not needed for
+.Ev LOCK_CMD .
+.Pp
+Starting with
+.Ox 4.3 ,
+the infrastructure supports manual locking: the targets
+.Cm lock
+and
+.Cm unlock
+can be used to acquire and release individual locks.
+Both these targets output a shell command that must be used to update
+environment variables.
+Manual locking can be used to protect a directory against interference
+by an automated build job, while the user is looking at or modifying a
+given port.
+.Sh UPDATING PACKAGES
+Instead of deinstalling each package and rebuilding from scratch, the
+ports tree can be used to update installed packages.
+The
+.Cm update
+target will replace an installed package using
+.Xr pkg_add 1
+in replacement mode.
+If
+.Ev FORCE_UPDATE
+is set to
+.Dv Yes ,
+dependencies will also be updated first, and packages will always be updated,
+even if there is no difference between the old and the new packages.
+.Pp
+Updates use a mechanism similar to bulk cookies and deposit cookies in
+the
+.Ev UPDATE_COOKIES_DIR .
+See the next section for more details, since most of the fine points of
+bulk package building also apply to updates.
+.Pp
+However, also note that
+.Li make update
+is not guaranteed to work, see
+.Sx CAVEATS
+below.
+.Sh BULK PACKAGE BUILDING
+Building any significant number of packages from the ports tree should use
+.Xr dpb 1 ,
+a tool located inside the ports tree proper
+.Po
+normally as
+.Pa /usr/ports/infrastructure/bin/dpb
+.Pc .
+In particular, it can take advantage of machine clusters (same architecture
+and same installation), and of multi-core machines.
+.Pp
+For more detailed information, see
+.Xr bulk 8 .
+.Sh FLAVORS
+The
+.Ox
+ports tree comes with a mechanism called
+.Ic FLAVORS .
+Thanks to this mechanism, users can select specific options provided by
+a given port.
+.Pp
+If a port is
+.Qq flavored ,
+there should be a terse description of available flavors in the
+.Pa pkg/DESCR
+file.
+.Pp
+For example, the
+.Pa misc/screen
+port comes with a flavor called
+.Ic static .
+This changes the building process so a statically compiled version of
+the program will be built.
+To avoid confusion with other packages or flavors,
+the package name will be extended with a dash-separated list of
+the selected flavors.
+.Pp
+In this instance, the corresponding package will be called
+.Ic screen-4.0.2-static .
+.Pp
+To see the flavors of a port, use the
+.Cm show
+target:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+$ make show=FLAVORS
+.Ed
+.Pp
+To build a port with a specific flavor, just pass
+.Ev FLAVOR
+in the environment of the
+.Xr make 1
+command:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+$ env FLAVOR="static" make package
+.Ed
+.Pp
+and of course, use the same settings for the subsequent invocations of make:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+$ env FLAVOR="static" make install
+$ env FLAVOR="static" make clean
+.Ed
+.Pp
+More than one flavor may be specified:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+$ cd /usr/ports/mail/exim
+$ env FLAVOR="mysql ldap" make package
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Specifying a flavor that does not exist is an error.
+Additionally, some ports impose some further restrictions on flavor
+combinations, when such combinations do not make sense.
+.Pp
+Lots of ports can be built without X11 requirement and accordingly
+have a
+.Ic no_x11
+flavor.
+.Pp
+Flavor settings are not propagated to dependencies.
+If a specific combination is needed, careful hand-building of the
+required set of packages is still necessary.
+.Sh MULTI_PACKAGES
+The
+.Ox
+ports tree comes with a mechanism called
+.Ic MULTI_PACKAGES .
+This mechanism is used when a larger package is broken down into
+several smaller components referred to as subpackages.
+.Pp
+If a port is
+.Qq subpackaged ,
+each subpackage will have a corresponding description in the
+.Pa pkg/DESCR-subpackage
+file.
+.Pp
+For example, the
+.Pa databases/mariadb
+port comes with subpackages called
+.Ic -main ,
+.Ic -tests
+and
+.Ic -server .
+.Pp
+In this instance, the build will yield multiple packages, one
+corresponding to each subpackage.
+In the case of our mariadb example,
+the packages will be called
+.Ic mariadb-client-<version> ,
+.Ic mariadb-tests-<version> ,
+and
+.Ic mariadb-server-<version> .
+.Pp
+To install/deinstall a specific subpackage of a port, you may
+.Xr pkg_add 1
+them manually, or alternatively, you may set
+.Ev SUBPACKAGE
+in the environment of the
+.Xr make 1
+command during the install/deinstall phase:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+$ env SUBPACKAGE="-server" make install
+$ env SUBPACKAGE="-server" make deinstall
+.Ed
+.Sh PORT VARIABLES
+These can be changed in the environment, or in
+.Pa /etc/mk.conf
+for persistence.
+They can also be set on make's command line, e.g.,
+.Ic make VAR_FOO Ns = Ns Dv foo
+.Pp
+Boolean variables should be set to
+.Dv Yes
+instead of simply being defined, for uniformity and future compatibility.
+.Pp
+Variable names starting with
+.Sq _
+are private to the ports infrastructure,
+should not be changed by the user, and are liable to change without notice.
+.Bl -tag -width PORTS_PRIVSEP
+.It Ev PORTS_PRIVSEP
+If set to
+.Sq Yes ,
+all operations will happen as restricted users
+.Ar _pfetch
+and
+.Ar _pbuild .
+.It Ev PORTSDIR
+Location of the ports tree
+(usually
+.Pa /usr/ports ) .
+.It Ev DISTDIR
+Where to find/put distfiles, normally
+.Pa ${PORTSDIR}/distfiles .
+.It Ev PACKAGE_REPOSITORY
+Used only for the
+.Cm package
+target; the base directory for the packages tree, normally
+.Pa ${PORTSDIR}/packages .
+If this directory exists, the package tree will be (partially) constructed.
+.It Ev BULK_COOKIES_DIR
+During bulk package building, used to store cookies for already built
+packages to avoid rebuilding them, since the actual
+working directory will already have been cleaned out.
+Defaults to
+.Pa ${PORTSDIR}/bulk/${MACHINE_ARCH} .
+.It Ev UPDATE_COOKIES_DIR
+Used to store cookies for package updates, defaults to
+.Pa ${PORTSDIR}/update/${MACHINE_ARCH} .
+If set to empty, it will revert to a file under
+.Pa ${WRKDIR} .
+.It Ev LOCALBASE
+Where to install things in general
+(usually
+.Pa /usr/local ) .
+.It Ev SITES
+Primary sites for distribution files if not found locally.
+.It Ev CLEANDEPENDS
+If set to
+.Dv Yes ,
+let
+.Cm clean
+recurse to dependencies.
+.It Ev FETCH_CMD
+Command to use to fetch files.
+Normally
+.Xr ftp 1 .
+.It Ev FETCH_PACKAGES
+If set,
+try to use as options to
+.Xr pkg_add 1
+to install missing packages from
+.Ev PKG_PATH .
+.Xr bsd.port.mk 5
+does not set
+.Ev FETCH_PACKAGES ,
+so even an empty value amounts to setting the variable.
+.Pp
+For instance, to run
+.Xr pkg_add 1
+with default options :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+make FETCH_PACKAGES=
+.Ed
+.Pp
+or, to use the snapshots directory during the final beta period:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+make FETCH_PACKAGES=-Dsnap
+.Ed
+.It Ev PATCH_DEBUG
+If defined, display verbose output when applying each patch.
+.It Ev INTERACTIVE
+If defined, only operate on a port if it requires interaction.
+.It Ev BATCH
+If defined, only operate on a port if it can be installed 100% automatically.
+.El
+.Sh USING A READ-ONLY PORTS TREE
+Select read-write partition(s) that can accommodate working directories, the
+distfiles repository, and the built packages.
+Set
+.Ev WRKOBJDIR ,
+.Ev PACKAGE_REPOSITORY ,
+.Ev BULK_COOKIES_DIR ,
+.Ev UPDATE_COOKIES_DIR ,
+.Ev DISTDIR ,
+and
+.Ev PLIST_REPOSITORY
+in
+.Pa /etc/mk.conf
+accordingly.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /usr/ports/xxxxxxxx -compact
+.It Pa /usr/ports
+The default ports directory.
+.It Pa /usr/ports/Makefile
+Ports master Makefile.
+.It Pa /usr/local/share/ports-INDEX
+Ports index, part of the
+.Pa portlist
+package.
+.It Pa /usr/ports/pobj
+Build directories.
+A number of insecurely coded ports require a dedicated file system with the
+.Cm wxallowed
+.Xr mount 8
+option.
+.It Pa /usr/ports/infrastructure/mk/bsd.port.mk
+The ports main engine.
+.It Pa /usr/ports/infrastructure/db/network.conf
+Network configuration.
+.It Pa /usr/ports/infrastructure/db/user.list
+List of users and groups created by ports.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr dpb 1 ,
+.Xr make 1 ,
+.Xr pkg_add 1 ,
+.Xr pkg_create 1 ,
+.Xr pkg_delete 1 ,
+.Xr pkg_info 1 ,
+.Xr bsd.port.mk 5 ,
+.Xr port-modules 5 ,
+.Xr mirroring-ports 7 ,
+.Xr packages 7
+.Pp
+The
+.Ox
+Ports System:
+.Lk https://www.openbsd.org/faq/ports/ports.html
+.Pp
+The
+.Ox
+Porter's Handbook:
+.Lk https://www.openbsd.org/faq/ports/
+.Sh HISTORY
+.Nm The Ports Collection
+appeared in
+.Fx 1.0 .
+It was introduced in
+.Ox
+by Ejovi Nuwere, with much initial effort by Angelos D. Keromytis.
+Maintenance passed then to Marco S. Hyman, and then to Christopher Turan.
+It is currently managed by Marc Espie, Christian Weisgerber,
+along with a host of others found at
+.Mt ports@openbsd.org .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+This man page was originated by
+.An David O'Brien ,
+from the
+.Fx
+project.
+.Sh CAVEATS
+Building a new version of an already installed package is not guaranteed
+to work.
+.Pp
+The safer way would be to create a sandbox for building the updated port
+using
+.Xr proot 1
+.Po see also
+.Xr bulk 8
+.Pc ,
+and then update the installed package.
+.Pp
+Specifically: most software expects building in a virgin environment
+with only the required dependency.
+As a result, lots of time, libraries and headers under
+.Pa /usr/local
+will be favored over the currently building version.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/roff.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/roff.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c54ad2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/roff.7
@@ -0,0 +1,2464 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: roff.7,v 1.104 2025/08/04 23:11:52 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010-2019,2022-2023,2025 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010, 2011, 2012 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: August 4 2025 $
+.Dt ROFF 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm roff
+.Nd roff language reference for mandoc
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm roff
+language is a general purpose text formatting language.
+Since traditional implementations of the
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+manual formatting languages are based on it,
+many real-world manuals use small numbers of
+.Nm
+requests and escape sequences intermixed with their
+.Xr mdoc 7
+or
+.Xr man 7
+code.
+To properly format such manuals, the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility supports a subset of
+.Nm
+requests and escapes.
+Even though this manual page lists all
+.Nm
+requests and escape sequences, it only contains partial information
+about requests not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1
+and about language features that do not matter for manual pages.
+For complete
+.Nm
+manuals, consult the
+.Sx SEE ALSO
+section.
+.Pp
+Input lines beginning with the control character
+.Sq \&.
+are parsed for requests and macros.
+Such lines are called
+.Dq request lines
+or
+.Dq macro lines ,
+respectively.
+Requests change the processing state and manipulate the formatting;
+some macros also define the document structure and produce formatted
+output.
+The single quote
+.Pq Qq \(aq
+is accepted as an alternative control character,
+treated by
+.Xr mandoc 1
+just like
+.Ql \&.
+.Pp
+Lines not beginning with control characters are called
+.Dq text lines .
+They provide free-form text to be printed; the formatting of the text
+depends on the respective processing context.
+.Sh LANGUAGE SYNTAX
+.Nm
+documents are text files containing only printable
+.Xr ascii 7
+characters, the space character,
+and, in certain circumstances, the tab character.
+The backslash character
+.Sq \e
+indicates the start of an escape sequence, used for example for
+.Sx Comments
+and
+.Sx Special Characters .
+For a complete listing of escape sequences, consult the
+.Sx ESCAPE SEQUENCE REFERENCE
+below.
+.Ss Comments
+Text following an escaped double-quote
+.Sq \e\(dq ,
+whether in a request, macro, or text line, is ignored to the end of the line.
+A request line beginning with a control character and comment escape
+.Sq \&.\e\(dq
+is also ignored.
+Furthermore, request lines with only a control character and optional
+trailing whitespace are stripped from input.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.\e\(dq This is a comment line.
+\&.\e\(dq The next line is ignored:
+\&.
+\&.Sh EXAMPLES \e\(dq This is a comment, too.
+\&example text \e\(dq And so is this.
+.Ed
+.Ss Special Characters
+Special characters are used to encode special glyphs and are rendered
+differently across output media.
+They may occur in request, macro, and text lines.
+Sequences begin with the escape character
+.Sq \e
+followed by either an open-parenthesis
+.Sq \&(
+for two-character sequences; an open-bracket
+.Sq \&[
+for n-character sequences (terminated at a close-bracket
+.Sq \&] ) ;
+or a single one character sequence.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It Li \e(em
+Two-letter em dash escape.
+.It Li \ee
+One-letter backslash escape.
+.El
+.Pp
+See
+.Xr mandoc_char 7
+for a complete list.
+.Ss Font Selection
+In
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+documents, fonts are usually selected with macros.
+The
+.Ic \ef
+escape sequence and the
+.Ic \&ft
+request can be used to manually change the font,
+but this is not recommended in
+.Xr mdoc 7
+documents.
+Such manual font changes are overridden by many subsequent macros.
+.Pp
+The following fonts are supported:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width CW -offset indent -compact
+.It Cm B
+Bold font.
+.It Cm BI
+A font that is both bold and italic.
+.It Cm CB
+Bold constant width font.
+Same as
+.Cm B
+in terminal output.
+.It Cm CI
+Italic constant width font.
+Same as
+.Cm I
+in terminal output.
+.It Cm CR
+Regular constant width font.
+Same as
+.Cm R
+in terminal output.
+.It Cm CW
+An alias for
+.Cm CR .
+.It Cm I
+Italic font.
+.It Cm P
+Return to the previous font.
+If a macro caused a font change since the last
+.Ic \ef
+escape sequence or
+.Ic \&ft
+request, this returns to the font before the last font change in
+the macro rather than to the font before the last manual font change.
+.It Cm R
+Roman font.
+This is the default font.
+.It Cm 1
+An alias for
+.Cm R .
+.It Cm 2
+An alias for
+.Cm I .
+.It Cm 3
+An alias for
+.Cm B .
+.It Cm 4
+An alias for
+.Cm BI .
+.El
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It Li \efBbold\efR
+Write in \fBbold\fP, then switch to regular font mode.
+.It Li \efIitalic\efP
+Write in \fIitalic\fP, then return to previous font mode.
+.It Li \ef(BIbold italic\efP
+Write in \f(BIbold italic\fP, then return to previous font mode.
+.El
+.Ss Whitespace
+Whitespace consists of the space character.
+In text lines, whitespace is preserved within a line.
+In request and macro lines, whitespace delimits arguments and is discarded.
+.Pp
+Unescaped trailing spaces are stripped from text line input unless in a
+literal context.
+In general, trailing whitespace on any input line is discouraged for
+reasons of portability.
+In the rare case that a space character is needed at the end of an
+input line, it may be forced by
+.Sq \e\ \e& .
+.Pp
+Literal space characters can be produced in the output
+using escape sequences.
+In macro lines, they can also be included in arguments using quotation; see
+.Sx MACRO SYNTAX
+for details.
+.Pp
+Blank text lines, which may include whitespace, are only permitted
+within literal contexts.
+If the first character of a text line is a space, that line is printed
+with a leading newline.
+.Ss Scaling Widths
+Many requests and macros support scaled widths for their arguments.
+The syntax for a scaled width is
+.Sq Li [+-]?[0-9]*.[0-9]*[:unit:] ,
+where a decimal must be preceded or followed by at least one digit.
+.Pp
+The following scaling units are accepted:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It c
+centimetre
+.It i
+inch
+.It P
+pica (1/6 inch)
+.It p
+point (1/72 inch)
+.It f
+scale
+.Sq u
+by 65536
+.It v
+default vertical span
+.It m
+width of rendered
+.Sq m
+.Pq em
+character
+.It n
+width of rendered
+.Sq n
+.Pq en
+character
+.It u
+device-dependent basic units
+.It M
+mini-em (1/100 em)
+.El
+.Pp
+Using anything other than
+.Sq m ,
+.Sq n ,
+or
+.Sq v
+is necessarily non-portable across output media.
+See
+.Sx COMPATIBILITY .
+.Pp
+If a scaling unit is not provided, the numerical value is interpreted
+under the default rules of
+.Sq v
+for vertical spaces and
+.Sq u
+for horizontal ones.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bl -tag -width "xBl -tag -width 2i" -offset indent -compact
+.It Li \&.Bl -tag -width 2i
+two-inch tagged list indentation in
+.Xr mdoc 7
+.It Li \&.HP 2i
+two-inch tagged list indentation in
+.Xr man 7
+.It Li \&.sp 2v
+two vertical spaces
+.El
+.Ss Sentence Spacing
+Each sentence should terminate at the end of an input line.
+By doing this, a formatter will be able to apply the proper amount of
+spacing after the end of sentence (unescaped) period, exclamation mark,
+or question mark followed by zero or more non-sentence closing
+delimiters
+.Po
+.Sq \&) ,
+.Sq \&] ,
+.Sq \&' ,
+.Sq \&"
+.Pc .
+.Pp
+The proper spacing is also intelligently preserved if a sentence ends at
+the boundary of a macro line.
+.Pp
+If an input line happens to end with a period, exclamation or question
+mark that isn't the end of a sentence, append a zero-width space
+.Pq Sq \e& .
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+Do not end sentences mid-line like this.  Instead,
+end a sentence like this.
+A macro would end like this:
+\&.Xr mandoc 1 \&.
+An abbreviation at the end of an input line needs escaping, e.g.\e&
+like this.
+.Ed
+.Sh REQUEST SYNTAX
+A request or macro line consists of:
+.Pp
+.Bl -enum -compact
+.It
+the control character
+.Sq \&.
+or
+.Sq \(aq
+at the beginning of the line,
+.It
+optionally an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
+.It
+the name of the request or the macro, which is one word of arbitrary
+length, terminated by whitespace,
+.It
+and zero or more arguments delimited by whitespace.
+.El
+.Pp
+Thus, the following request lines are all equivalent:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.ig end
+\&.ig    end
+\&.   ig end
+.Ed
+.Sh MACRO SYNTAX
+Macros are provided by the
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+languages and can be defined by the
+.Ic \&de
+request.
+When called, they follow the same syntax as requests, except that
+macro arguments may optionally be quoted by enclosing them
+in double quote characters
+.Pq Sq \(dq .
+Quoted text, even if it contains whitespace or would cause
+a macro invocation when unquoted, is always considered literal text.
+Inside quoted text, pairs of double quote characters
+.Pq Sq Qq
+resolve to single double quote characters.
+.Pp
+To be recognised as the beginning of a quoted argument, the opening
+quote character must be preceded by a space character.
+A quoted argument extends to the next double quote character that is not
+part of a pair, or to the end of the input line, whichever comes earlier.
+Leaving out the terminating double quote character at the end of the line
+is discouraged.
+For clarity, if more arguments follow on the same input line,
+it is recommended to follow the terminating double quote character
+by a space character; in case the next character after the terminating
+double quote character is anything else, it is regarded as the beginning
+of the next, unquoted argument.
+.Pp
+Both in quoted and unquoted arguments, pairs of backslashes
+.Pq Sq \e\e
+resolve to single backslashes.
+In unquoted arguments, space characters can alternatively be included
+by preceding them with a backslash
+.Pq Sq \e\~ ,
+but quoting is usually better for clarity.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It Li .Fn strlen \(dqconst char *s\(dq
+Group arguments
+.Qq const char *s
+into one function argument.
+If unspecified,
+.Qq const ,
+.Qq char ,
+and
+.Qq *s
+would be considered separate arguments.
+.It Li .Op \(dqFl a\(dq
+Consider
+.Qq \&Fl a
+as literal text instead of a flag macro.
+.El
+.Sh REQUEST REFERENCE
+The
+.Xr mandoc 1
+.Nm
+parser recognises the following requests.
+For requests marked as "ignored" or "unsupported", any arguments are
+ignored, and the number of arguments is not checked.
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ic \&ab Op Ar message
+Abort processing.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&ad Op Cm b | c | l | n | r
+Set line adjustment mode for subsequent text.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&af Ar registername format
+Assign an output format to a number register.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&aln Ar newname oldname
+Create an alias for a number register.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&als Ar newname oldname
+Create an alias for a request, string, macro, or diversion.
+.It Ic \&am Ar macroname Op Ar endmacro
+Append to a macro definition.
+The syntax of this request is the same as that of
+.Ic \&de .
+.It Ic \&am1 Ar macroname Op Ar endmacro
+Append to a macro definition, switching roff compatibility mode off
+during macro execution (groff extension).
+The syntax of this request is the same as that of
+.Ic \&de1 .
+Since
+.Xr mandoc 1
+does not implement
+.Nm
+compatibility mode at all, it handles this request as an alias for
+.Ic \&am .
+.It Ic \&ami Ar macrostring Op Ar endstring
+Append to a macro definition, specifying the macro name indirectly
+(groff extension).
+The syntax of this request is the same as that of
+.Ic \&dei .
+.It Ic \&ami1 Ar macrostring Op Ar endstring
+Append to a macro definition, specifying the macro name indirectly
+and switching roff compatibility mode off during macro execution
+(groff extension).
+The syntax of this request is the same as that of
+.Ic \&dei1 .
+Since
+.Xr mandoc 1
+does not implement
+.Nm
+compatibility mode at all, it handles this request as an alias for
+.Ic \&ami .
+.It Ic \&as Ar stringname Op Ar string
+Append to a user-defined string.
+The syntax of this request is the same as that of
+.Ic \&ds .
+If a user-defined string with the specified name does not yet exist,
+it is set to the empty string before appending.
+.It Ic \&as1 Ar stringname Op Ar string
+Append to a user-defined string, switching roff compatibility mode off
+during macro execution (groff extension).
+The syntax of this request is the same as that of
+.Ic \&ds1 .
+Since
+.Xr mandoc 1
+does not implement
+.Nm
+compatibility mode at all, it handles this request as an alias for
+.Ic \&as .
+.It Ic \&asciify Ar divname
+Fully unformat a diversion.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&backtrace
+Print a backtrace of the input stack.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&bd Ar font Oo Ar curfont Oc Op Ar offset
+Artificially embolden by repeated printing with small shifts.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&bleedat Ar left top width height
+Set the BleedBox page parameter for PDF generation.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&blm Ar macroname
+Set a blank line trap.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&box Ar divname
+Begin a diversion without including a partially filled line.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&boxa Ar divname
+Add to a diversion without including a partially filled line.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&bp Oo Cm + Ns | Ns Cm - Oc Ns Ar pagenumber
+Begin a new page.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&BP Ar source height width position offset flags label
+Define a frame and place a picture in it.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&br
+Break the output line.
+.It Ic \&break
+Break out of the innermost
+.Ic \&while
+loop.
+.It Ic \&breakchar Ar char ...
+Optional line break characters.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&brnl Ar N
+Break output line after the next
+.Ar N
+input lines.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&brp
+Break and spread output line.
+Currently, this is implemented as an alias for
+.Ic \&br .
+.It Ic \&brpnl Ar N
+Break and spread output line after the next
+.Ar N
+input lines.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&c2 Op Ar char
+Change the no-break control character.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&cc Op Ar char
+Change the control character.
+If
+.Ar char
+is not specified, the control character is reset to
+.Sq \&. .
+Trailing characters are ignored.
+.It Ic \&ce Op Ar N
+Center the next
+.Ar N
+input lines without filling.
+.Ar N
+defaults to 1.
+An argument of 0 or less ends centering.
+Currently, high level macros abort centering.
+.It Ic \&cf Ar filename
+Output the contents of a file.
+Ignored because insecure.
+.It Ic \&cflags Ar flags char ...
+Set character flags.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&ch Ar macroname Op Ar dist
+Change a trap location.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&char Ar glyph Op Ar string
+Define or redefine the ASCII character or character escape sequence
+.Ar glyph
+to be rendered as
+.Ar string ,
+which can be empty.
+Only partially supported in
+.Xr mandoc 1 ;
+may interact incorrectly with
+.Ic \&tr .
+.It Ic \&chop Ar stringname
+Remove the last character from a macro, string, or diversion.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&class Ar classname char ...
+Define a character class.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&close Ar streamname
+Close an open file.
+Ignored because insecure.
+.It Ic \&CL Ar color text
+Print text in color.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&color Op Cm 1 | 0
+Activate or deactivate colors.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&composite Ar from to
+Define a name component for composite glyph names.
+This is a groff extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&continue
+Immediately start the next iteration of a
+.Ic \&while
+loop.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&cp Op Cm 1 | 0
+Switch
+.Nm
+compatibility mode on or off.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&cropat Ar left top width height
+Set the CropBox page parameter for PDF generation.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&cs Ar font Op Ar width Op Ar emsize
+Constant character spacing mode.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&cu Op Ar N
+Underline next
+.Ar N
+input lines including whitespace.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&da Ar divname
+Append to a diversion.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&dch Ar macroname Op Ar dist
+Change a trap location in the current diversion.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&de Ar macroname Op Ar endmacro
+Define a
+.Nm
+macro.
+Its syntax can be either
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Pf . Ic \&de Ar macroname
+.Ar definition
+\&..
+.Ed
+.Pp
+or
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Pf . Ic \&de Ar macroname endmacro
+.Ar definition
+.Pf . Ar endmacro
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Both forms define or redefine the macro
+.Ar macroname
+to represent the
+.Ar definition ,
+which may consist of one or more input lines, including the newline
+characters terminating each line, optionally containing calls to
+.Nm
+requests,
+.Nm
+macros or high-level macros like
+.Xr man 7
+or
+.Xr mdoc 7
+macros, whichever applies to the document in question.
+.Pp
+Specifying a custom
+.Ar endmacro
+works in the same way as for
+.Ic \&ig ;
+namely, the call to
+.Sq Pf . Ar endmacro
+first ends the
+.Ar definition ,
+and after that, it is also evaluated as a
+.Nm
+request or
+.Nm
+macro, but not as a high-level macro.
+.Pp
+The macro can be invoked later using the syntax
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf . Ar macroname Op Ar argument Op Ar argument ...
+.Pp
+Regarding argument parsing, see
+.Sx MACRO SYNTAX
+above.
+.Pp
+The line invoking the macro will be replaced
+in the input stream by the
+.Ar definition ,
+replacing all occurrences of
+.No \e\e$ Ns Ar N ,
+where
+.Ar N
+is a digit, by the
+.Ar N Ns th Ar argument .
+For example,
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.de ZN
+\efI\e^\e\e$1\e^\efP\e\e$2
+\&..
+\&.ZN XtFree .
+.Ed
+.Pp
+produces
+.Pp
+.D1 \efI\e^XtFree\e^\efP.
+.Pp
+in the input stream, and thus in the output: \fI\^XtFree\^\fP.
+Each occurrence of \e\e$* is replaced with all the arguments,
+joined together with single space characters.
+The variant \e\e$@ is similar, except that each argument is
+individually quoted.
+.Pp
+Since macros and user-defined strings share a common string table,
+defining a macro
+.Ar macroname
+clobbers the user-defined string
+.Ar macroname ,
+and the
+.Ar definition
+can also be printed using the
+.Sq \e*
+string interpolation syntax described below
+.Ic ds ,
+but this is rarely useful because every macro definition contains at least
+one explicit newline character.
+.Pp
+In order to prevent endless recursion, both groff and
+.Xr mandoc 1
+limit the stack depth for expanding macros and strings
+to a large, but finite number, and
+.Xr mandoc 1
+also limits the length of the expanded input line.
+Do not rely on the exact values of these limits.
+.It Ic \&de1 Ar macroname Op Ar endmacro
+Define a
+.Nm
+macro that will be executed with
+.Nm
+compatibility mode switched off during macro execution.
+This is a groff extension.
+Since
+.Xr mandoc 1
+does not implement
+.Nm
+compatibility mode at all, it handles this request as an alias for
+.Ic \&de .
+.It Ic \&defcolor Ar newname scheme component ...
+Define a color name.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&dei Ar macrostring Op Ar endstring
+Define a
+.Nm
+macro, specifying the macro name indirectly (groff extension).
+The syntax of this request is the same as that of
+.Ic \&de .
+The effect is the same as:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf . Cm \&de No \e* Ns Bo Ar macrostring Bc Op \e* Ns Bq Ar endstring
+.It Ic \&dei1 Ar macrostring Op Ar endstring
+Define a
+.Nm
+macro that will be executed with
+.Nm
+compatibility mode switched off during macro execution,
+specifying the macro name indirectly (groff extension).
+Since
+.Xr mandoc 1
+does not implement
+.Nm
+compatibility mode at all, it handles this request as an alias for
+.Ic \&dei .
+.It Ic \&device Ar string ...
+.It Ic \&devicem Ar stringname
+These two requests only make sense with the groff-specific intermediate
+output format and are unsupported.
+.It Ic \&di Ar divname
+Begin a diversion.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&do Ar command Op Ar argument ...
+Execute
+.Nm
+request or macro line with compatibility mode disabled.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&ds Ar stringname Op Oo \(dq Oc Ns Ar string
+Define a user-defined string.
+The
+.Ar stringname
+and
+.Ar string
+arguments are space-separated.
+If the
+.Ar string
+begins with a double-quote character, that character will not be part
+of the string.
+All remaining characters on the input line form the
+.Ar string ,
+including whitespace and double-quote characters, even trailing ones.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar string
+can be interpolated into subsequent text by using
+.No \e* Ns Bq Ar stringname
+for a
+.Ar stringname
+of arbitrary length, or \e*(NN or \e*N if the length of
+.Ar stringname
+is two or one characters, respectively.
+Interpolation can be prevented by escaping the leading backslash;
+that is, an asterisk preceded by an even number of backslashes
+does not trigger string interpolation.
+.Pp
+Since user-defined strings and macros share a common string table,
+defining a string
+.Ar stringname
+clobbers the macro
+.Ar stringname ,
+and the
+.Ar stringname
+used for defining a string can also be invoked as a macro,
+in which case the following input line will be appended to the
+.Ar string ,
+forming a new input line passed to the
+.Nm
+parser.
+For example,
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.ds badidea .S
+\&.badidea
+H SYNOPSIS
+.Ed
+.Pp
+invokes the
+.Ic SH
+macro when used in a
+.Xr man 7
+document.
+Such abuse is of course strongly discouraged.
+.It Ic \&ds1 Ar stringname Op Oo \(dq Oc Ns Ar string
+Define a user-defined string that will be expanded with
+.Nm
+compatibility mode switched off during string expansion.
+This is a groff extension.
+Since
+.Xr mandoc 1
+does not implement
+.Nm
+compatibility mode at all, it handles this request as an alias for
+.Ic \&ds .
+.It Ic \&dwh Ar dist macroname
+Set a location trap in the current diversion.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&dt Op Ar dist macroname
+Set a trap within a diversion.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&ec Op Ar char
+Enable the escape mechanism and change the escape character.
+The
+.Ar char
+argument defaults to the backslash
+.Pq Sq \e .
+.It Ic \&ecr
+Restore the escape character.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&ecs
+Save the escape character.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&el Ar body
+The
+.Dq else
+half of an if/else conditional.
+Pops a result off the stack of conditional evaluations pushed by
+.Ic \&ie
+and uses it as its conditional.
+If no stack entries are present (e.g., due to no prior
+.Ic \&ie
+calls)
+then false is assumed.
+The syntax of this request is similar to
+.Ic \&if
+except that the conditional is missing.
+.It Ic \&em Ar macroname
+Set a trap at the end of input.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&EN
+End an equation block.
+See
+.Ic \&EQ .
+.It Ic \&eo
+Disable the escape mechanism completely.
+.It Ic \&EP
+End a picture started by
+.Ic \&BP .
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&EQ
+Begin an equation block.
+See
+.Xr eqn 7
+for a description of the equation language.
+.It Ic \&errprint Ar message
+Print a string like an error message.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&ev Op Ar envname
+Switch to another environment.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&evc Op Ar envname
+Copy an environment into the current environment.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&ex
+Abort processing and exit.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&fallback Ar curfont font ...
+Select the fallback sequence for a font.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&fam Op Ar familyname
+Change the font family.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&fc Op Ar delimchar Op Ar padchar
+Define a delimiting and a padding character for fields.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&fchar Ar glyphname Op Ar string
+Define a fallback glyph.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&fcolor Ar colorname
+Set the fill color for \eD objects.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&fdeferlig Ar font string ...
+Defer ligature building.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&feature Cm + Ns | Ns Cm - Ns Ar name
+Enable or disable an OpenType feature.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&fi
+Break the output line and switch to fill mode,
+which is active by default but can be ended with the
+.Ic \&nf
+request.
+In fill mode, input from subsequent input lines is added to
+the same output line until the next word no longer fits,
+at which point the output line is broken.
+This request is implied by the
+.Xr mdoc 7
+.Ic \&Sh
+macro and by the
+.Xr man 7
+.Ic \&SH ,
+.Ic \&SS ,
+and
+.Ic \&EE
+macros.
+.It Ic \&fkern Ar font minkern
+Control the use of kerning tables for a font.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&fl
+Flush output.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&flig Ar font string char ...
+Define ligatures.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&fp Ar position font Op Ar filename
+Assign font position.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&fps Ar mapname ...
+Mount a font with a special character map.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&fschar Ar font glyphname Op Ar string
+Define a font-specific fallback glyph.
+This is a groff extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&fspacewidth Ar font Op Ar afmunits
+Set a font-specific width for the space character.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&fspecial Ar curfont Op Ar font ...
+Conditionally define a special font.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&ft Op Ar font
+Change the font; see
+.Sx Font Selection .
+The
+.Ar font
+argument defaults to
+.Cm P .
+.It Ic \&ftr Ar newname Op Ar oldname
+Translate font name.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&fzoom Ar font Op Ar permille
+Zoom font size.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&gcolor Op Ar colorname
+Set glyph color.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&hc Op Ar char
+Set the hyphenation character.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&hcode Ar char code ...
+Set hyphenation codes of characters.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&hidechar Ar font char ...
+Hide characters in a font.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&hla Ar language
+Set hyphenation language.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&hlm Op Ar number
+Set maximum number of consecutive hyphenated lines.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&hpf Ar filename
+Load hyphenation pattern file.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&hpfa Ar filename
+Load hyphenation pattern file, appending to the current patterns.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&hpfcode Ar code code ...
+Define mapping values for character codes in hyphenation patterns.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&hw Ar word ...
+Specify hyphenation points in words.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&hy Op Ar mode
+Set automatic hyphenation mode.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&hylang Ar language
+Set hyphenation language.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&hylen Ar nchar
+Minimum word length for hyphenation.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&hym Op Ar length
+Set hyphenation margin.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&hypp Ar penalty ...
+Define hyphenation penalties.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&hys Op Ar length
+Set hyphenation space.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&ie Ar condition body
+The
+.Dq if
+half of an if/else conditional.
+The result of the conditional is pushed into a stack used by subsequent
+invocations of
+.Ic \&el ,
+which may be separated by any intervening input (or not exist at all).
+Its syntax is equivalent to
+.Ic \&if .
+.It Ic \&if Ar condition body
+Begin a conditional.
+This request can also be written as follows:
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+.Pf . Ic \&if Ar condition No \e{ Ns Ar body
+.Ar body ... Ns \e}
+.Ed
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+.Pf . Ic \&if Ar condition No \e{\e
+.Ar body ...
+.Pf . No \e}
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar condition
+is a boolean expression.
+Currently,
+.Xr mandoc 1
+supports the following subset of roff conditionals:
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+If
+.Sq \&!
+is prefixed to
+.Ar condition ,
+it is logically inverted.
+.It
+If the first character of
+.Ar condition
+is
+.Sq n
+.Pq nroff mode
+or
+.Sq o
+.Pq odd page ,
+it evaluates to true, and the
+.Ar body
+starts with the next character.
+.It
+If the first character of
+.Ar condition
+is
+.Sq e
+.Pq even page ,
+.Sq t
+.Pq troff mode ,
+or
+.Sq v
+.Pq vroff mode ,
+it evaluates to false, and the
+.Ar body
+starts with the next character.
+.It
+If the first character of
+.Ar condition
+is
+.Sq c
+.Pq character available ,
+it evaluates to true if the following character is an ASCII character
+or a valid character escape sequence, or to false otherwise.
+The
+.Ar body
+starts with the character following that next character.
+.It
+If the first character of
+.Ar condition
+is
+.Sq d ,
+it evaluates to true if the rest of
+.Ar condition
+is the name of an existing user defined macro or string;
+otherwise, it evaluates to false.
+.It
+If the first character of
+.Ar condition
+is
+.Sq r ,
+it evaluates to true if the rest of
+.Ar condition
+is the name of an existing number register;
+otherwise, it evaluates to false.
+.It
+If the
+.Ar condition
+starts with a parenthesis or with an optionally signed
+integer number, it is evaluated according to the rules of
+.Sx Numerical expressions
+explained below.
+It evaluates to true if the result is positive,
+or to false if the result is zero or negative.
+.It
+Otherwise, the first character of
+.Ar condition
+is regarded as a delimiter and it evaluates to true if the string
+extending from its first to its second occurrence is equal to the
+string extending from its second to its third occurrence.
+.It
+If
+.Ar condition
+cannot be parsed, it evaluates to false.
+.El
+.Pp
+If a conditional is false, its children are not processed, but are
+syntactically interpreted to preserve the integrity of the input
+document.
+Thus,
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.if t .ig
+.Pp
+will discard the
+.Sq \&.ig ,
+which may lead to interesting results, but
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.if t .if t \e{\e
+.Pp
+will continue to syntactically interpret to the block close of the final
+conditional.
+Sub-conditionals, in this case, obviously inherit the truth value of
+the parent.
+.Pp
+If the
+.Ar body
+section is begun by an escaped brace
+.Sq \e{ ,
+scope continues until the end of the input line containing the
+matching closing-brace escape sequence
+.Sq \e} .
+If the
+.Ar body
+is not enclosed in braces, scope continues until the end of the line.
+If the
+.Ar condition
+is followed by a
+.Ar body
+on the same line, whether after a brace or not, then requests and macros
+.Em must
+begin with a control character.
+It is generally more intuitive, in this case, to write
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+.Pf . Ic \&if Ar condition No \e{\e
+.Pf . Ar request
+.Pf . No \e}
+.Ed
+.Pp
+than having the request or macro follow as
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf . Ic \&if Ar condition Pf \e{. Ar request
+.Pp
+The scope of a conditional is always parsed, but only executed if the
+conditional evaluates to true.
+.Pp
+Note that the
+.Sq \e}
+is converted into a zero-width escape sequence if not passed as a
+standalone macro
+.Sq \&.\e} .
+For example,
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.Fl a \e} b
+.Pp
+will result in
+.Sq \e}
+being considered an argument of the
+.Sq \&Fl
+macro.
+.It Ic \&ig Op Ar endmacro
+Ignore input.
+Its syntax can be either
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Pf . Cm \&ig
+.Ar ignored text
+\&..
+.Ed
+.Pp
+or
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Pf . Cm \&ig Ar endmacro
+.Ar ignored text
+.Pf . Ar endmacro
+.Ed
+.Pp
+In the first case, input is ignored until a
+.Sq \&..
+request is encountered on its own line.
+In the second case, input is ignored until the specified
+.Sq Pf . Ar endmacro
+is encountered.
+Do not use the escape character
+.Sq \e
+anywhere in the definition of
+.Ar endmacro ;
+it would cause very strange behaviour.
+.Pp
+When the
+.Ar endmacro
+is a roff request or a roff macro, like in
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.ig if
+.Pp
+the subsequent invocation of
+.Ic \&if
+will first terminate the
+.Ar ignored text ,
+then be invoked as usual.
+Otherwise, it only terminates the
+.Ar ignored text ,
+and arguments following it or the
+.Sq \&..
+request are discarded.
+.It Ic \&in Op Oo Cm + Ns | Ns Cm - Oc Ns Ar width
+Change indentation.
+See
+.Xr man 7 .
+Ignored in
+.Xr mdoc 7 .
+.It Ic \&index Ar register stringname substring
+Find a substring in a string.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&it Ar expression macro
+Set an input line trap.
+The named
+.Ar macro
+will be invoked after processing the number of input text lines
+specified by the numerical
+.Ar expression .
+While evaluating the
+.Ar expression ,
+the unit suffixes described below
+.Sx Scaling Widths
+are ignored.
+.It Ic \&itc Ar expression macro
+Set an input line trap, not counting lines ending with \ec.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&IX Ar class keystring
+To support the generation of a table of contents,
+.Xr pod2man 1
+emits this user-defined macro, usually without defining it.
+To avoid reporting large numbers of spurious errors,
+.Xr mandoc 1
+ignores it.
+.It Ic \&kern Op Cm 1 | 0
+Switch kerning on or off.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&kernafter Ar font char ... afmunits ...
+Increase kerning after some characters.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&kernbefore Ar font char ... afmunits ...
+Increase kerning before some characters.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&kernpair Ar font char ... font char ... afmunits
+Add a kerning pair to the kerning table.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&lc Op Ar glyph
+Define a leader repetition character.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&lc_ctype Ar localename
+Set the
+.Dv LC_CTYPE
+locale.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&lds Ar macroname string
+Define a local string.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&length Ar register string
+Count the number of input characters in a string.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&letadj Ar lspmin lshmin letss lspmax lshmax
+Dynamic letter spacing and reshaping.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&lf Ar lineno Op Ar filename
+Change the line number for error messages.
+Ignored because insecure.
+.It Ic \&lg Op Cm 1 | 0
+Switch the ligature mechanism on or off.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&lhang Ar font char ... afmunits
+Hang characters at left margin.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&linetabs Op Cm 1 | 0
+Enable or disable line-tabs mode.
+This is a groff extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&ll Op Oo Cm + Ns | Ns Cm - Oc Ns Ar width
+Change the output line length.
+If the
+.Ar width
+argument is omitted, the line length is reset to its previous value.
+The default setting for terminal output is 78n.
+If a sign is given, the line length is added to or subtracted from;
+otherwise, it is set to the provided value.
+Using this request in new manuals is discouraged for several reasons,
+among others because it overrides the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+.Fl O Cm width
+command line option.
+.It Ic \&lnr Ar registername Xo
+.Oo Cm + Ns | Ns Cm \- Oc Ns Ar value
+.Op Ar increment
+.Xc
+Set local number register.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&lnrf Ar registername Xo
+.Oo Cm + Ns | Ns Cm \- Oc Ns Ar value
+.Op Ar increment
+.Xc
+Set local floating-point register.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&lpfx Ar string
+Set a line prefix.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&ls Op Ar factor
+Set line spacing.
+It takes one integer argument specifying the vertical distance of
+subsequent output text lines measured in v units.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&lsm Ar macroname
+Set a leading spaces trap.
+This is a groff extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&lt Op Oo Cm + Ns | Ns Cm - Oc Ns Ar width
+Set title line length.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&mc Ar glyph Op Ar dist
+Print margin character in the right margin.
+The
+.Ar dist
+is currently ignored; instead, 1n is used.
+.It Ic \&mediasize Ar media
+Set the device media size.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&minss Ar width
+Set minimum word space.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&mk Op Ar register
+Mark vertical position.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&mso Ar filename
+Load a macro file using the search path.
+Ignored because insecure.
+.It Ic \&na
+Disable adjusting without changing the adjustment mode.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&ne Op Ar height
+Declare the need for the specified minimum vertical space
+before the next trap or the bottom of the page.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&nf
+Break the output line and switch to no-fill mode.
+Subsequent input lines are kept together on the same output line
+even when exceeding the right margin,
+and line breaks in subsequent input cause output line breaks.
+This request is implied by the
+.Xr mdoc 7
+.Ic \&Bd Fl unfilled
+and
+.Ic \&Bd Fl literal
+macros and by the
+.Xr man 7
+.Ic \&EX
+macro.
+The
+.Ic \&fi
+request switches back to the default fill mode.
+.It Ic \&nh
+Turn off automatic hyphenation mode.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&nhychar Ar char ...
+Define hyphenation-inhibiting characters.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&nm Op Ar start Op Ar inc Op Ar space Op Ar indent
+Print line numbers.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&nn Op Ar number
+Temporarily turn off line numbering.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&nop Ar body
+Execute the rest of the input line as a request, macro, or text line,
+skipping the
+.Ic \&nop
+request and any space characters immediately following it.
+This is mostly used to indent text lines inside macro definitions.
+.It Ic \&nr Ar registername Xo
+.Oo Cm + Ns | Ns Cm \- Oc Ns Ar expression
+.Op Ar stepsize
+.Xc
+Define or change the number register with the given
+.Ar registername .
+A register can store an integer number.
+For the syntax of
+.Ar expression ,
+see
+.Sx Numerical expressions
+below.
+If it is prefixed by a sign, the register will be
+incremented or decremented instead of assigned to.
+.Pp
+Once set, the value of a number register can be interpolated using the
+.Ic \en
+escape sequence.
+The
+.Ar stepsize
+is used by the
+.Ic \en+
+auto-increment feature.
+It remains unchanged when omitted while changing an existing register,
+and it defaults to 0 when defining a new register.
+.Pp
+Some number registers can be read to inspect parser state,
+and some can be changed to influence formatting.
+For details about individual registers, see the
+.Sx NUMBER REGISTER REFERENCE
+below.
+.It Xo
+.Ic \&nrf Ar registername Oo Cm + Ns | Ns Cm \- Oc Ns Ar expression
+.Op Ar increment
+.Xc
+Define or change a floating-point register.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&nroff
+Force nroff mode.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&ns
+Turn on no-space mode.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&nx Op Ar filename
+Abort processing of the current input file and process another one.
+Ignored because insecure.
+.It Ic \&open Ar stream file
+Open a file for writing.
+Ignored because insecure.
+.It Ic \&opena Ar stream file
+Open a file for appending.
+Ignored because insecure.
+.It Ic \&os
+Output saved vertical space.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&output Ar string
+Output directly to intermediate output.
+Not supported.
+.It Ic \&padj Op Cm 1 | 0
+Globally control paragraph-at-once adjustment.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&papersize Ar media
+Set the paper size.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&pc Op Ar char
+Change the page number character.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&pev
+Print environments.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&pi Ar command
+Pipe output to a shell command.
+Ignored because insecure.
+.It Ic \&PI
+Low-level request used by
+.Ic \&BP .
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&pl Op Oo Cm + Ns | Ns Cm - Oc Ns Ar height
+Change page length.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&pm
+Print names and sizes of macros, strings, and diversions
+to standard error output.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&pn Oo Cm + Ns | Ns Cm - Oc Ns Ar number
+Change the page number of the next page.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&pnr
+Print all number registers on standard error output.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&po Op Oo Cm + Ns | Ns Cm - Oc Ns Ar offset
+Set a horizontal page offset.
+If no argument is specified, the page offset is reverted to its
+previous value.
+If a sign is specified, the new page offset is calculated relative
+to the current one; otherwise, it is absolute.
+The argument follows the syntax of
+.Sx Scaling Widths
+and the default scaling unit is
+.Cm m .
+.It Ic \&ps Op Oo Cm + Ns | Ns Cm - Oc Ns size
+Change point size.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&psbb Ar filename
+Retrieve the bounding box of a PostScript file.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&pshape Ar indent length ...
+Set a special shape for the current paragraph.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&pso Ar command
+Include output of a shell command.
+Ignored because insecure.
+.It Ic \&ptr
+Print the names and positions of all traps on standard error output.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&pvs Op Oo Cm + Ns | Ns Cm - Oc Ns Ar height
+Change post-vertical spacing.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&rchar Ar glyph ...
+Remove glyph definitions.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&rd Op Ar prompt Op Ar argument ...
+Read from standard input.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&recursionlimit Ar maxrec maxtail
+Set the maximum stack depth for recursive macros.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&return Op Ar twice
+Exit the presently executed macro and return to the caller.
+The argument is currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&rfschar Ar font glyph ...
+Remove font-specific fallback glyph definitions.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&rhang Ar font char ... afmunits
+Hang characters at right margin.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&rj Op Ar N
+Justify the next
+.Ar N
+input lines to the right margin without filling.
+.Ar N
+defaults to 1.
+An argument of 0 or less ends right adjustment.
+.It Ic \&rm Ar macroname
+Remove a request, macro or string.
+.It Ic \&rn Ar oldname newname
+Rename a request, macro, diversion, or string.
+In
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+user-defined macros,
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+macros, and user-defined strings can be renamed, but renaming of
+predefined strings and of
+.Nm
+requests is not supported, and diversions are not implemented at all.
+.It Ic \&rnn Ar oldname newname
+Rename a number register.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&rr Ar register
+Remove a number register.
+.It Ic \&rs
+End no-space mode.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&rt Op Ar dist
+Return to marked vertical position.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&schar Ar glyph Op Ar string
+Define global fallback glyph.
+This is a groff extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&sentchar Ar char ...
+Define sentence-ending characters.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&shc Op Ar glyph
+Change the soft hyphen character.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&shift Op Ar number
+Shift macro arguments
+.Ar number
+times, by default once: \e\e$i becomes what \e\e$i+number was.
+Also decrement \en(.$ by
+.Ar number .
+.It Ic \&sizes Ar size ...
+Define permissible point sizes.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&so Ar filename
+Include a source file.
+The file is read and its contents processed as input in place of the
+.Ic \&so
+request line.
+To avoid inadvertent inclusion of unrelated files,
+.Xr mandoc 1
+only accepts relative paths not containing the strings
+.Qq ../
+and
+.Qq /.. .
+.Pp
+This request requires
+.Xr man 1
+to change to the right directory before calling
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+per convention to the root of the manual tree.
+Typical usage looks like:
+.Pp
+.Dl \&.so man3/Xcursor.3
+.Pp
+As the whole concept is rather fragile, the use of
+.Ic \&so
+is discouraged.
+Use
+.Xr ln 1
+instead.
+.It Ic \&sp Op Ar height
+Break the output line and emit vertical space.
+The argument follows the syntax of
+.Sx Scaling Widths
+and defaults to one blank line
+.Pq Li 1v .
+.It Ic \&spacewidth Op Cm 1 | 0
+Set the space width from the font metrics file.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&special Op Ar font ...
+Define a special font.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&spreadwarn Op Ar width
+Warn about wide spacing between words.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&ss Ar wordspace Op Ar sentencespace
+Set space character size.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&sty Ar position style
+Associate style with a font position.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&substring Ar stringname startpos Op Ar endpos
+Replace a user-defined string with a substring.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&sv Op Ar height
+Save vertical space.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&sy Ar command
+Execute shell command.
+Ignored because insecure.
+.It Ic \&T&
+Re-start a table layout, retaining the options of the prior table
+invocation.
+See
+.Ic \&TS .
+.It Ic \&ta Op Ar width ... Op Cm T Ar width ...
+Set tab stops.
+Each
+.Ar width
+argument follows the syntax of
+.Sx Scaling Widths .
+If prefixed by a plus sign, it is relative to the previous tab stop.
+The arguments after the
+.Cm T
+marker are used repeatedly as often as needed; for each reuse,
+they are taken relative to the last previously established tab stop.
+When
+.Ic \&ta
+is called without arguments, all tab stops are cleared.
+.It Ic \&tc Op Ar glyph
+Change tab repetition character.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&TE
+End a table context.
+See
+.Ic \&TS .
+.It Ic \&ti Oo Cm + Ns | Ns Cm - Oc Ns Ar width
+Break the output line and indent the next output line by
+.Ar width .
+If a sign is specified, the temporary indentation is calculated
+relative to the current indentation; otherwise, it is absolute.
+The argument follows the syntax of
+.Sx Scaling Widths
+and the default scaling unit is
+.Cm m .
+.It Ic \&tkf Ar font minps width1 maxps width2
+Enable track kerning for a font.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&tl No \& Ap Ar left Ap Ar center Ap Ar right Ap
+Print a title line.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&tm Ar string
+Print to standard error output.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&tm1 Ar string
+Print to standard error output, allowing leading blanks.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&tmc Ar string
+Print to standard error output without a trailing newline.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&tr Ar glyph glyph ...
+Output character translation.
+The first glyph in each pair is replaced by the second one.
+Character escapes can be used; for example,
+.Pp
+.Dl tr \e(xx\e(yy
+.Pp
+replaces all invocations of \e(xx with \e(yy.
+.It Ic \&track Ar font minps width1 maxps width2
+Static letter space tracking.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&transchar Ar char ...
+Define transparent characters for sentence-ending.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&trf Ar filename
+Output the contents of a file, disallowing invalid characters.
+This is a groff extension and ignored because insecure.
+.It Ic \&trimat Ar left top width height
+Set the TrimBox page parameter for PDF generation.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&trin Ar glyph glyph ...
+Output character translation, ignored by
+.Ic \&asciify .
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&trnt Ar glyph glyph ...
+Output character translation, ignored by \e!.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&troff
+Force troff mode.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&TS
+Begin a table, which formats input in aligned rows and columns.
+See
+.Xr tbl 7
+for a description of the tbl language.
+.It Ic \&uf Ar font
+Globally set the underline font.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&ul Op Ar N
+Underline next
+.Ar N
+input lines.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&unformat Ar divname
+Unformat spaces and tabs in a diversion.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&unwatch Ar macroname
+Disable notification for string or macro.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&unwatchn Ar register
+Disable notification for register.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&vpt Op Cm 1 | 0
+Enable or disable vertical position traps.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&vs Op Oo Cm + Ns | Ns Cm - Oc Ns Ar height
+Change vertical spacing.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&warn Ar flags
+Set warning level.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&warnscale Ar si
+Set the scaling indicator used in warnings.
+This is a groff extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&watch Ar macroname
+Notify on change of string or macro.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&watchlength Ar maxlength
+On change, report the contents of macros and strings
+up to the specified length.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&watchn Ar register
+Notify on change of register.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.It Ic \&wh Ar dist Op Ar macroname
+Set a page location trap.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \&while Ar condition body
+Repeated execution while a
+.Ar condition
+is true, with syntax similar to
+.Ic \&if .
+Currently implemented with two restrictions: cannot nest,
+and each loop must start and end in the same scope.
+.It Ic \&write Oo \(dq Oc Ns Ar string
+Write to an open file.
+Ignored because insecure.
+.It Ic \&writec Oo \(dq Oc Ns Ar string
+Write to an open file without appending a newline.
+Ignored because insecure.
+.It Ic \&writem Ar macroname
+Write macro or string to an open file.
+Ignored because insecure.
+.It Ic \&xflag Ar level
+Set the extension level.
+This is a Heirloom extension and currently ignored.
+.El
+.Ss Numerical expressions
+The
+.Ic \&nr ,
+.Ic \&if ,
+and
+.Ic \&ie
+requests accept integer numerical expressions as arguments.
+These are always evaluated using the C
+.Vt int
+type; integer overflow works the same way as in the C language.
+Numbers consist of an arbitrary number of digits
+.Sq 0
+to
+.Sq 9
+prefixed by an optional sign
+.Sq +
+or
+.Sq - .
+Each number may be followed by one optional scaling unit described below
+.Sx Scaling Widths .
+The following equations hold:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+1i = 6v = 6P = 10m = 10n = 72p = 1000M = 240u = 240
+254c = 100i = 24000u = 24000
+1f = 65536u = 65536
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The following binary operators are implemented.
+Unless otherwise stated, they behave as in the C language:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width 2n -compact
+.It Ic +
+addition
+.It Ic -
+subtraction
+.It Ic *
+multiplication
+.It Ic /
+division
+.It Ic %
+remainder of division
+.It Ic <
+less than
+.It Ic >
+greater than
+.It Ic ==
+equal to
+.It Ic =
+equal to, same effect as
+.Ic ==
+(this differs from C)
+.It Ic <=
+less than or equal to
+.It Ic >=
+greater than or equal to
+.It Ic <>
+not equal to (corresponds to C
+.Ic != ;
+this one is of limited portability, it is supported by Heirloom roff,
+but not by groff)
+.It Ic &
+logical and (corresponds to C
+.Ic && )
+.It Ic \&:
+logical or (corresponds to C
+.Ic || )
+.It Ic <?
+minimum (not available in C)
+.It Ic >?
+maximum (not available in C)
+.El
+.Pp
+There is no concept of precedence; evaluation proceeds from left to right,
+except when subexpressions are enclosed in parentheses.
+Inside parentheses, whitespace is ignored.
+.Sh ESCAPE SEQUENCE REFERENCE
+The
+.Xr mandoc 1
+.Nm
+parser recognises the following escape sequences.
+In
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+documents, using escape sequences is discouraged except for those
+described in the
+.Sx LANGUAGE SYNTAX
+section above.
+.Pp
+A backslash followed by any character not listed here
+simply prints that character itself.
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ic \e<newline>
+A backslash at the end of an input line can be used to continue the
+logical input line on the next physical input line, joining the text
+on both lines together as if it were on a single input line.
+.It Ic \e<space>
+The escape sequence backslash-space
+.Pq Sq \e\ \&
+is an unpaddable space-sized non-breaking space character; see
+.Sx Whitespace
+and
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 .
+.It Ic \e!
+Embed text up to and including the end of the input line into the
+current diversion or into intermediate output without interpreting
+requests, macros, and escapes.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \e\(dq
+The rest of the input line is treated as
+.Sx Comments .
+.It Ic \e#
+Line continuation with comment.
+Discard the rest of the physical input line and continue the logical
+input line on the next physical input line, joining the text on
+both lines together as if it were on a single input line.
+This is a groff extension.
+.It Ic \e$ Ns Ar arg
+Macro argument expansion, see
+.Ic \&de .
+.It Ic \e%
+Hyphenation allowed at this point of the word; ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \e&
+Non-printing zero-width character,
+often used for various kinds of escaping; see
+.Sx Whitespace ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+and the
+.Dq MACRO SYNTAX
+and
+.Dq Delimiters
+sections in
+.Xr mdoc 7 .
+.It Ic \e\(aq
+Acute accent special character; use
+.Ic \e(aa
+instead.
+.It Ic \e( Ns Ar cc
+.Sx Special Characters
+with two-letter names, see
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 .
+.It Ic \e)
+Zero-width space transparent to end-of-sentence detection;
+ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \e*[ Ns Ar name Ns Ic \&]
+Interpolate the string with the
+.Ar name .
+For short names, there are variants
+.Ic \e* Ns Ar c
+and
+.Ic \e*( Ns Ar cc .
+.Pp
+One string is predefined on the
+.Nm
+language level:
+.Ic \e*(.T
+expands to the name of the output device,
+for example ascii, utf8, ps, pdf, html, or markdown.
+.Pp
+Macro sets traditionally predefine additional strings which are not
+portable and differ across implementations.
+Those supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1
+are listed in
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 .
+.Pp
+Strings can be defined, changed, and deleted with the
+.Ic \&ds ,
+.Ic \&as ,
+and
+.Ic \&rm
+requests.
+.It Ic \e,
+Left italic correction (groff extension); ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \e-
+Special character
+.Dq mathematical minus sign ;
+see
+.Xr mandoc_char 7
+for details.
+.It Ic \e/
+Right italic correction (groff extension); ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \e:
+Breaking the line is allowed at this point of the word
+without inserting a hyphen.
+.It Ic \e?
+Embed the text up to the next
+.Ic \e?
+into the current diversion without interpreting requests, macros,
+and escapes.
+This is a groff extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \e[ Ns Ar name Ns Ic \&]
+.Sx Special Characters
+with names of arbitrary length, see
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 .
+.It Ic \e^
+One-twelfth em half-narrow space character, effectively zero-width in
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \e_
+Underline special character; use
+.Ic \e(ul
+instead.
+.It Ic \e`
+Grave accent special character; use
+.Ic \e(ga
+instead.
+.It Ic \e{
+Begin conditional input; see
+.Ic \&if .
+.It Ic \e\(ba
+One-sixth em narrow space character, effectively zero-width in
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \e}
+End conditional input; see
+.Ic \&if .
+.It Ic \e~
+Paddable non-breaking space character.
+.It Ic \e0
+Digit width space character.
+.It Ic \eA\(aq Ns Ar name Ns Ic \(aq
+Interpolate
+.Sq 1
+if
+.Ar name
+is a syntactically valid identifier that can be used
+as a name for a macro or user-defined string, or
+.Sq 0
+otherwise.
+This is a thoroughly non-portable groff extension.
+Heirloom troff uses the same escape sequence with the same syntax
+for a completely different purpose,
+defining a hyperlink target position, also called an
+.Dq anchor ,
+with the given
+.Ar name .
+The Heirloom semantics is not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \ea
+Leader character; ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \eB\(aq Ns Ar string Ns Ic \(aq
+Interpolate
+.Sq 1
+if
+.Ar string
+conforms to the syntax of
+.Sx Numerical expressions
+explained above or
+.Sq 0
+otherwise.
+.It Ic \eb\(aq Ns Ar string Ns Ic \(aq
+Bracket building function; ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \eC\(aq Ns Ar name Ns Ic \(aq
+.Sx Special Characters
+with names of arbitrary length.
+.It Ic \ec
+When encountered at the end of an input text line,
+the next input text line is considered to continue that line,
+even if there are request or macro lines in between.
+No whitespace is inserted.
+.It Ic \eD\(aq Ns Ar string Ns Ic \(aq
+Draw graphics function; ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \ed
+Move down by half a line; ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \eE
+Escape character intended to not be interpreted in copy mode.
+In
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+it currently does the same as
+.Ic \e
+itself.
+.It Ic \ee
+Backslash special character.
+.It Ic \eF[ Ns Ar name Ns Ic \&]
+Switch font family (groff extension); ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+For short names, there are variants
+.Ic \eF Ns Ar c
+and
+.Ic \eF( Ns Ar cc .
+.It Ic \ef[ Ns Ar name Ns Ic \&]
+Switch to the font
+.Ar name ,
+see
+.Sx Font Selection .
+For short names, there are variants
+.Ic \ef Ns Ar c
+and
+.Ic \ef( Ns Ar cc .
+An empty name
+.Ic \ef[]
+defaults to
+.Ic \efP .
+.It Ic \eg[ Ns Ar name Ns Ic \&]
+Interpolate the format of a number register; ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+which interpolates an empty string instead.
+For short names, there are variants
+.Ic \eg Ns Ar c
+and
+.Ic \eg( Ns Ar cc .
+.It Ic \eH\(aq Ns Oo +|- Oc Ns Ar number Ns Ic \(aq
+Set the height of the current font; ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \eh\(aq Ns Oo Cm \&| Oc Ns Ar width Ns Ic \(aq
+Horizontal motion.
+If the vertical bar is given, the motion is relative to the current
+indentation.
+Otherwise, it is relative to the current position.
+The default scaling unit is
+.Cm m .
+.It Ic \ek[ Ns Ar name Ns Ic \&]
+Mark horizontal input place in register; ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+For short names, there are variants
+.Ic \ek Ns Ar c
+and
+.Ic \ek( Ns Ar cc .
+.It Ic \eL\(aq Ns Ar number Ns Oo Ar c Oc Ns Ic \(aq
+Vertical line drawing function; ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \el\(aq Ns Ar width Ns Oo Ar c Oc Ns Ic \(aq
+Draw a horizontal line of
+.Ar width
+using the glyph
+.Ar c .
+.It Ic \eM[ Ns Ar name Ns Ic \&]
+Set fill (background) color (groff extension); ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+For short names, there are variants
+.Ic \eM Ns Ar c
+and
+.Ic \eM( Ns Ar cc .
+.It Ic \em[ Ns Ar name Ns Ic \&]
+Set glyph drawing color (groff extension); ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+For short names, there are variants
+.Ic \em Ns Ar c
+and
+.Ic \em( Ns Ar cc .
+.It Ic \eN\(aq Ns Ar number Ns Ic \(aq
+Character
+.Ar number
+on the current font.
+.It Ic \en Ns Oo +|- Oc Ns Ic \&[ Ns Ar name Ns Ic \&]
+Interpolate the number register
+.Ar name .
+If the register is not yet defined,
+it is automatically initialised to zero before interpolation.
+For short names, there are variants
+.Ic \en Ns Ar c
+and
+.Ic \en( Ns Ar cc .
+If the optional sign is specified,
+the register is first incremented or decremented by the
+.Ar stepsize
+that was specified in the relevant
+.Ic \&nr
+request, and the changed value is interpolated.
+For the names of predefined registers, see the
+.Sx NUMBER REGISTER REFERENCE
+below.
+.It Ic \eO Ns Ar digit , Ic \eO[5 Ns arguments Ns Ic \&]
+Suppress output.
+This is a groff extension and currently unsupported.
+With an argument of
+.Ic 1 , 2 , 3 ,
+or
+.Ic 4 ,
+it is ignored.
+.It Ic \eo\(aq Ns Ar string Ns Ic \(aq
+Overstrike, writing all the characters contained in the
+.Ar string
+to the same output position.
+In terminal and HTML output modes,
+only the last one of the characters is visible.
+.It Ic \ep
+Break the output line at the end of the current word.
+.It Ic \eR\(aq Ns Ar name Oo +|- Oc Ns Ar number Ns Ic \(aq
+Set number register; ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \er
+Reverse line feed: move up by one output line.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Ic \eS\(aq Ns Ar number Ns Ic \(aq
+Slant output; ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \es\(aq Ns Oo +|- Oc Ns Ar number Ns Ic \(aq
+Change point size; ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+Alternative forms
+.Ic \es Ns Oo +|- Oc Ns Ar n ,
+.Ic \es Ns Oo +|- Oc Ns Ic \(aq Ns Ar number Ns Ic \(aq ,
+.Ic \es[ Ns Oo +|- Oc Ns Ar number Ns Ic \&] ,
+and
+.Ic \es Ns Oo +|- Oc Ns Ic \&[ Ns Ar number Ns Ic \&]
+are also parsed and ignored.
+.It Ic \et
+Horizontal tab; ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \eu
+Move up by half a line; ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \eV[ Ns Ar name Ns Ic \&]
+Interpolate an environment variable.
+For short names, there are variants
+.Ic \eV Ns Ar c
+and
+.Ic \eV( Ns Ar cc .
+This escape sequence is intentionally unsupported;
+.Xr mandoc 1
+prints the string
+.Dq Pf $ Brq Ar name
+instead of inspecting the environment.
+.It Ic \ev\(aq Ns Ar number Ns Ic \(aq
+Vertical motion; ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \ew\(aq Ns Ar string Ns Ic \(aq
+Interpolate the width of the
+.Ar string .
+The
+.Xr mandoc 1
+implementation assumes that after expansion of user-defined strings, the
+.Ar string
+only contains normal characters, characters expressed as escape sequences,
+and zero-width escape sequences, and that each
+character has a width of 24 basic units.
+.It Ic \eX\(aq Ns Ar string Ns Ic \(aq
+Output
+.Ar string
+as device control function; ignored in nroff mode and by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \ex\(aq Ns Ar number Ns Ic \(aq
+Extra line space function; ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \eY[ Ns Ar name Ns Ic \&]
+Output a string as a device control function; ignored in nroff mode and by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+For short names, there are variants
+.Ic \eY Ns Ar c
+and
+.Ic \eY( Ns Ar cc .
+.It Ic \eZ\(aq Ns Ar string Ns Ic \(aq
+Print
+.Ar string
+with zero width and height; ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Ic \ez
+Output the next character without advancing the cursor position.
+.El
+.Sh NUMBER REGISTER REFERENCE
+In
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+documents, using registers is discouraged.
+For compatibility with legacy documents, the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+.Nm
+parser recognises the following names of read-only registers:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm .$
+The number of arguments of the innermost user-defined macro
+currently being called, or 0 by default.
+The
+.Ic shift
+request decrements the value of this register.
+.It Cm .A
+Whether ASCII approximation mode is on;
+.Xr mandoc 1
+always returns 0, meaning off.
+.It Cm .g
+Whether the formatter claims groff compatibility;
+.Xr mandoc 1
+always returns 1, meaning yes.
+.It Cm .H
+The minimum horizontal movement in basic units;
+.Xr mandoc 1
+always returns 24, corresponding to one character position.
+.It Cm .j
+The current line adjustment mode;
+.Xr mandoc 1
+always returns 0, meaning flush left.
+.It Cm .l
+The line length in basic units;
+.Xr mandoc 1
+always returns 78 * 24, corresponding to 78 characters per line.
+.It Cm \&.T
+Whether an output device has been selected;
+.Xr mandoc 1
+always returns 1, meaning yes.
+.It Cm .V
+The minimum vertical movement in basic units;
+.Xr mandoc 1
+always returns 40, corresponding to one line height.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Cm nS
+register is handled specially.
+If set to a positive integer value, certain
+.Xr mdoc 7
+macros behave in the same way as in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section.
+If set to 0, these macros behave in the same way as outside the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, even when called within the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section itself.
+Starting a new
+.Xr mdoc 7
+section with the
+.Ic \&Sh
+macro resets this register.
+.Pp
+Full
+.Nm
+implementations support large numbers of additional predefined registers.
+While the
+.Ic \&nr
+request supports setting and the
+.Ic \en
+escape sequence supports inspecting arbitrary registers,
+.Xr mandoc 1
+only defines the few registers listed above by default.
+All other registers are undefined by default and yield 0 when interpolated.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The
+.Xr mandoc 1
+implementation of the
+.Nm
+language is incomplete.
+Major unimplemented features include:
+.Pp
+.Bl -dash -compact
+.It
+For security reasons,
+.Xr mandoc 1
+never reads or writes external files except via
+.Ic \&so
+requests with safe relative paths.
+.It
+There is no automatic hyphenation and no support for the
+.Ic \&ad
+line adjustment request.
+Except when the
+.Ic \&ce
+or
+.Ic \&rj
+requests or the
+.Xr tbl 7
+cell specifications
+.Cm c ,
+.Cm n ,
+or
+.Cm r
+or the table option
+.Cm center
+are used, output is always set flush-left.
+.It
+Support for setting tabulator and leader characters is missing, and the
+.Ic \&in
+indentation request is not supported in
+.Xr mdoc 7
+input files.
+.It
+Width measurements are implemented in a crude way
+and often yield wrong results.
+Support for explicit movement requests and escapes is limited.
+.It
+There is no concept of output pages, no support for floats,
+graphics drawing, and picture inclusion;
+terminal output is always continuous.
+.It
+Requests regarding color, font families, font sizes,
+and glyph manipulation are ignored.
+Font support is very limited.
+Kerning is not implemented, and no ligatures are produced.
+.It
+The
+.Qq \(aq
+macro control character does not suppress output line breaks.
+.It
+Diversions and environments are not implemented,
+and support for traps is very incomplete.
+.It
+Use of macros is not supported inside
+.Xr tbl 7
+code.
+.El
+.Pp
+The special semantics of the
+.Cm nS
+number register is an idiosyncrasy of
+.Ox
+manuals and not supported by other
+.Xr mdoc 7
+implementations.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr eqn 7 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr tbl 7
+.Rs
+.%A Joseph F. Ossanna
+.%A Brian W. Kernighan
+.%I AT&T Bell Laboratories
+.%T Troff User's Manual
+.%R Computing Science Technical Report
+.%N 54
+.%C Murray Hill, New Jersey
+.%D 1976 and 1992
+.%U http://www.kohala.com/start/troff/cstr54.ps
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A Joseph F. Ossanna
+.%A Brian W. Kernighan
+.%A Gunnar Ritter
+.%T Heirloom Documentation Tools Nroff/Troff User's Manual
+.%D September 17, 2007
+.%U http://heirloom.sourceforge.net/doctools/troff.pdf
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A James Clark
+.%A Werner Lemberg
+.%A G. Branden Robinson
+.%I Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.%T The GNU Troff Manual
+.%D 1999\(en2023
+.%U https://www.gnu.org/software/groff/manual/
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+The RUNOFF typesetting system, whose input forms the basis for
+.Nm ,
+was written in MAD and FAP for the CTSS operating system by Jerome E.
+Saltzer in 1964.
+Doug McIlroy rewrote it in BCPL in 1969, renaming it
+.Nm .
+Dennis M. Ritchie rewrote McIlroy's
+.Nm
+in PDP-11 assembly for
+.At v1 ,
+Joseph F. Ossanna improved roff and renamed it nroff
+for
+.At v2 ,
+then ported nroff to C as troff, which Brian W. Kernighan released with
+.At v7 .
+In 1989, James Clark re-implemented troff in C++, naming it groff.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+This
+.Nm
+reference was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons Aq Mt kristaps@bsd.lv
+and
+.An Ingo Schwarze Aq Mt schwarze@openbsd.org .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/script.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/script.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0905a2b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/script.7
@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: script.7,v 1.9 2022/02/06 00:29:02 jsg Exp $
+.\"
+.\"	$NetBSD: script.7,v 1.1 2005/05/07 02:20:34 perry Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2005 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This document was originally contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by Perry E. Metzger of Metzger, Dowdeswell & Co. LLC.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: February 6 2022 $
+.Dt SCRIPT 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm script
+.Nd interpreter script execution
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The system is capable of treating a text file containing commands
+intended for an interpreter, such as
+.Xr sh 1
+or
+.Xr awk 1 ,
+as an executable program.
+.Pp
+An
+.Dq interpreter script
+is a file which has been set executable (see
+.Xr chmod 2 )
+and which has a first line of the form:
+.Pp
+.D1 Li #! Ar pathname Op Ar argument
+.Pp
+The
+.Sq #!
+must appear as the first two characters of the file.
+A space between the
+.Sq #!
+and
+.Ar pathname
+is optional.
+At most one
+.Ar argument
+may follow
+.Ar pathname ,
+and the length of the entire line is limited (see below).
+.Pp
+If such a file is executed (such as via the
+.Xr execve 2
+system call), the interpreter specified by the
+.Ar pathname
+is executed by the system.
+(The
+.Ar pathname
+is executed without regard to the
+.Ev PATH
+variable, so in general
+.Ar pathname
+should be an absolute path.)
+.Pp
+The arguments passed to the interpreter will be as follows.
+.Va argv[0]
+will be the path to the interpreter itself, as specified on the first
+line of the script.
+If there is an
+.Ar argument
+following
+.Ar pathname
+on the first line of the script, it will be passed as
+.Va argv[1] .
+The subsequent elements of
+.Va argv
+will be the path to the interpreter script file itself (i.e. the
+original
+.Va argv[0] )
+followed by any further arguments passed when
+.Xr execve 2
+was invoked to execute the script file.
+.Pp
+By convention, it is expected that an interpreter will open the script
+file passed as an argument and process the commands within it.
+Typical interpreters treat
+.Sq #
+as a comment character, and thus will ignore the initial line of the script
+because it begins
+.Sq #! ,
+but there is no requirement for this per se.
+.Pp
+On
+.Ox ,
+the length of the interpreter line following the
+.Sq #!
+is limited to
+.Dv MAXINTERP ,
+as defined in
+.In sys/param.h .
+Other operating systems impose different limits on the length of
+the
+.Sq #!
+line (see below).
+.Pp
+Note that the interpreter may not itself be an interpreter script.
+If
+.Ar pathname
+does not point to an executable binary, execution of the interpreter
+script will fail.
+.Ss Trampolines and Portable Scripts
+Different operating systems often have interpreters located in
+different locations, and the kernel executes the passed interpreter
+without regard to the setting of environment variables such as
+.Ev PATH .
+This makes it somewhat challenging to set the
+.Sq #!
+line of a script so that it will run identically on different systems.
+.Pp
+Since the
+.Xr env 1
+utility executes a command passed to it on its command line, it is
+often used as a
+.Dq trampoline
+to render scripts portable.
+If the leading line of a script reads
+.Pp
+.Dl #! /usr/bin/env interp
+.Pp
+then the
+.Xr env 1
+command will execute the
+.Dq interp
+command it finds in its
+.Ev PATH ,
+passing on to it all subsequent arguments with which it itself was called.
+Since
+.Pa /usr/bin/env
+is found on almost all
+.Tn POSIX
+style systems, this trick is frequently exploited by authors who need
+a script to execute without change on multiple systems.
+.Ss Historical Note: Scripts without `#!'
+Shell scripts predate the invention of the
+.Sq #!
+convention, which is implemented in the kernel.
+In the days of
+.At v7 ,
+there was only one interpreter used on the system,
+.Pa /bin/sh ,
+and the shell treated any file that failed to execute with an
+.Er ENOEXEC
+error
+(see
+.Xr intro 2 )
+as a shell script.
+.Pp
+Most shells (such as
+.Xr sh 1 )
+and certain other facilities (including
+.Xr execlp 3
+and
+.Xr execvp 3 )
+still pass interpreter scripts that do not include the
+.Sq #!
+(and thus fail to execute with
+.Er ENOEXEC )
+to
+.Pa /bin/sh .
+.Pp
+As this behavior is implemented outside the kernel, there is no
+mechanism that forces it to be respected by all programs that execute
+other programs.
+It is thus not completely reliable.
+It is therefore important to always include
+.Pp
+.Dl #!/bin/sh
+.Pp
+in front of Bourne shell scripts, and to treat the traditional
+behavior as obsolete.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+Suppose that an executable binary exists in
+.Pa /bin/interp
+and that the file
+.Pa /tmp/script
+contains:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+#!/bin/interp -arg
+
+[...]
+.Ed
+.Pp
+and that
+.Pa /tmp/script
+is set mode 755.
+.Pp
+Executing
+.Pp
+.Dl $ /tmp/script one two three
+.Pp
+at the shell will result in
+.Pa /bin/interp
+being executed, receiving the following arguments in
+.Va argv
+(numbered from 0):
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Qq /bin/interp ,
+.Qq "-arg" ,
+.Qq /tmp/script ,
+.Qq one ,
+.Qq two ,
+.Qq three
+.Ed
+.Ss Portability Note: Multiple arguments
+The behavior of multiple arguments on the
+.Sq #!
+line is highly non-portable between different systems.
+In general, only one argument can be assumed to work consistently.
+.Pp
+Consider the following variation on the previous example.
+Suppose that an executable binary exists in
+.Pa /bin/interp
+and that the file
+.Pa /tmp/script
+contains:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+#!/bin/interp -x -y
+
+[...]
+.Ed
+.Pp
+and that
+.Pa /tmp/script
+is set mode 755.
+.Pp
+Executing
+.Pp
+.Dl $ /tmp/script one two three
+.Pp
+at the shell will result in
+.Pa /bin/interp
+being executed, receiving the following arguments in
+.Va argv
+(numbered from 0):
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Qq /bin/interp ,
+.Qq "-x -y" ,
+.Qq /tmp/script ,
+.Qq one ,
+.Qq two ,
+.Qq three
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Note that
+.Qq "-x -y"
+will be passed on
+.Ox
+as a single argument.
+.Pp
+Although most
+.Tn POSIX
+style operating systems will pass only one
+.Ar argument ,
+the behavior when multiple arguments are included is not
+consistent between platforms.
+Some, such as
+.Ox ,
+will concatenate multiple arguments into a single argument (as above),
+some will truncate them, and at least one will pass them as multiple
+arguments.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ox
+behavior is common but not universal.
+Sun's
+.Tn Solaris
+would present the above argument as
+.Qq -x ,
+dropping the
+.Qq " -y"
+entirely.
+Perhaps uniquely, recent versions of Apple's
+.Tn OS X
+will actually pass multiple arguments properly, i.e.:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Qq /bin/interp ,
+.Qq -x ,
+.Qq -y ,
+.Qq /tmp/script ,
+.Qq one ,
+.Qq two ,
+.Qq three
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The behavior of the system in the face of multiple arguments is thus
+not currently standardized, should not be relied on, and may be
+changed in future releases.
+In general, pass at most one argument, and do not rely on multiple
+arguments being concatenated.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr awk 1 ,
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+.Xr ksh 1 ,
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr chmod 2 ,
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+.Xr intro 2 ,
+.Xr execlp 3 ,
+.Xr execvp 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The behavior of interpreter scripts is obliquely referred to, but
+never actually described in,
+.St -p1003.1-2004 .
+.Pp
+The behavior is partially (but not completely) described in the
+.St -svid4 .
+.Pp
+Although it has never been formally standardized, the behavior
+described is largely portable across
+.Tn POSIX
+style systems, with two significant exceptions: the maximum length of the
+.Sq #!
+line, and the behavior if multiple arguments are passed.
+Be aware that the behavior in the
+face of multiple arguments is not consistent across systems.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The behavior of the kernel when encountering scripts that start in
+.Sq #!
+was not present in
+.At v7 .
+A Usenet posting to net.unix by Guy Harris on October 16, 1984 claims
+that the idea for the
+.Sq #!
+behavior was first proposed by Dennis Ritchie but that the first
+implementation was on
+.Bx .
+.Pp
+Historical manuals (specifically the exec man page) indicate that the
+behavior was present in
+.Bx 4
+at least as early as April, 1981.
+Information on precisely when it was first implemented, and in which
+version of
+.Ux ,
+is solicited.
+.Sh CAVEATS
+Numerous security problems are associated with setuid interpreter
+scripts.
+.Pp
+In addition to the fact that many interpreters (and scripts) are
+simply not designed to be robust in a setuid context, a race condition
+exists between the moment that the kernel examines the interpreter
+script file and the moment that the newly invoked interpreter opens
+the file itself.
+.Pp
+Subtle techniques can be used to subvert even seemingly well written scripts.
+Scripts executed by Bourne type shells can be subverted in numerous
+ways, such as by setting the
+.Ev IFS
+variable before executing the script.
+Other interpreters possess their own vulnerabilities.
+Setting the Set-user-ID on execution (SUID) bit
+is therefore very dangerous, and should not be done lightly, if at all.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/securelevel.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/securelevel.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b26ff052
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/securelevel.7
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+.\"     $OpenBSD: securelevel.7,v 1.32 2025/04/29 17:44:00 jmc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Hugh Graham
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+.\" WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+.\" INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+.\" (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+.\" SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+.\" STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+.\" IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: April 29 2025 $
+.Dt SECURELEVEL 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm securelevel
+.Nd securelevel and its effects
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Ox
+kernel provides four levels of system security:
+.Bl -tag -width flag
+.It \&-1 Em Permanently insecure mode
+.Bl -hyphen -compact
+.It
+.Xr init 8
+will not attempt to raise the securelevel
+.It
+may only be set with
+.Xr sysctl 8
+while the system is insecure
+.It
+otherwise identical to securelevel 0
+.El
+.It \ 0 Em Insecure mode
+.Bl -hyphen -compact
+.It
+used during bootstrapping and while the system is single-user
+.It
+all devices may be read or written subject to their permissions
+.It
+system file flags may be cleared with
+.Xr chflags 2
+.El
+.It \ 1 Em Secure mode
+.Bl -hyphen -compact
+.It
+default mode when system is multi-user
+.It
+securelevel may no longer be lowered except by init
+.It
+.Pa /dev/mem
+and
+.Pa /dev/kmem
+cannot be opened
+.It
+raw disk devices of mounted file systems are read-only
+.It
+system immutable and append-only file flags may not be removed
+.It
+the
+.Va hw.allowpowerdown ,
+.Va kern.allowkmem ,
+.Va kern.utc_offset ,
+.Va net.inet.ip.sourceroute ,
+and
+.Va machdep.kbdreset
+.Xr sysctl 8
+variables may not be changed
+.It
+the
+.Va ddb.console ,
+.Va ddb.panic ,
+and
+.Va machdep.allowaperture
+.Xr sysctl 8
+variables may not be raised
+.It
+.Xr gpioctl 8
+may only access GPIO pins configured at system startup
+.El
+.It \ 2 Em Highly secure mode
+.Bl -hyphen -compact
+.It
+all effects of securelevel 1
+.It
+raw disk devices are always read-only whether mounted or not
+.It
+.Xr settimeofday 2
+and
+.Xr clock_settime 2
+may not set the time backwards or close to overflow
+.It
+.Xr pf 4
+filter and NAT rules may not be altered
+.El
+.El
+.Pp
+Securelevel provides convenient means of
+.Dq locking down
+a system to a degree suited to its environment.
+It is normally set at boot by
+.Xr rc 8 ,
+or the superuser may raise securelevel at any time by modifying the
+.Va kern.securelevel
+.Xr sysctl 8
+variable.
+However, only
+.Xr init 8
+may lower it once the system has entered secure mode.
+.Pp
+Highly secure mode may seem Draconian, but is intended as a last line of
+defence should the superuser account be compromised.
+Its effects preclude
+circumvention of file flags by direct modification of a raw disk device,
+or erasure of a file system by means of
+.Xr newfs 8 .
+Further, it can limit the potential damage of a compromised
+.Dq firewall
+by prohibiting the modification of packet filter rules.
+Preventing
+the system clock from being set backwards aids in post-mortem analysis
+and helps ensure the integrity of logs.
+Precision timekeeping is not
+affected because the clock may still be slowed.
+.Pp
+Because securelevel can be modified with the in-kernel debugger
+.Xr ddb 4 ,
+a convenient means of locking it off (if present) is provided
+at securelevels 1 and 2.
+This is accomplished by setting
+.Va ddb.console
+and
+.Va ddb.panic
+to 0 with the
+.Xr sysctl 8
+utility.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/rc.securelevel -compact
+.It Pa /etc/rc.securelevel
+commands that run before the security level changes
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr init 8 ,
+.Xr rc 8 ,
+.Xr sysctl 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+manual page first appeared in
+.Ox 2.6 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The list of securelevel's effects may not be comprehensive.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/tbl.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/tbl.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec74af5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/tbl.7
@@ -0,0 +1,455 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: tbl.7,v 1.27 2022/08/28 13:51:58 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\" Copyright (c) 2014,2015,2017,2018,2019 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: August 28 2022 $
+.Dt TBL 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tbl
+.Nd tbl language reference for mandoc
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm tbl
+language formats tables.
+It is used within
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+pages.
+This manual describes the subset of the
+.Nm
+language accepted by the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility.
+.Pp
+Each table is started with a
+.Xr roff 7
+.Ic \&TS
+macro, consist of at most one line of
+.Sx Options ,
+one or more
+.Sx Layout
+lines, one or more
+.Sx Data
+lines, and ends with a
+.Ic \&TE
+macro.
+All input must be 7-bit ASCII.
+.Ss Options
+If the first input line of a table ends with a semicolon, it contains
+case-insensitive options separated by spaces, tabs, or commas.
+Otherwise, it is interpreted as the first
+.Sx Layout
+line.
+.Pp
+The following options are available.
+Some of them require arguments enclosed in parentheses:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm allbox
+Draw a single-line box around each table cell.
+.It Cm box
+Draw a single-line box around the table.
+For GNU compatibility, this may also be invoked with
+.Cm frame .
+.It Cm center
+Center the table instead of left-adjusting it.
+For GNU compatibility, this may also be invoked with
+.Cm centre .
+.It Cm decimalpoint
+Use the single-character argument as the decimal point with the
+.Cm n
+layout key.
+This is a GNU extension.
+.It Cm delim
+Use the two characters of the argument as
+.Xr eqn 7
+delimiters.
+Currently unsupported.
+.It Cm doublebox
+Draw a double-line box around the table.
+For GNU compatibility, this may also be invoked with
+.Cm doubleframe .
+.It Cm expand
+Increase the width of the table to the current line length.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Cm linesize
+Draw lines with the point size given by the unsigned integer argument.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Cm nokeep
+Allow page breaks within the table.
+This is a GNU extension and currently ignored.
+.It Cm nospaces
+Ignore leading and trailing spaces in data cells.
+This is a GNU extension.
+.It Cm nowarn
+Suppress warnings about tables exceeding the current line length.
+This is a GNU extension and currently ignored.
+.It Cm tab
+Use the single-character argument as a delimiter between data cells.
+By default, the horizontal tabulator character is used.
+.El
+.Ss Layout
+The table layout follows an
+.Sx Options
+line or a
+.Xr roff 7
+.Ic \&TS
+or
+.Ic \&T&
+macro.
+Each layout line specifies how one line of
+.Sx Data
+is formatted.
+The last layout line ends with a full stop.
+It also applies to all remaining data lines.
+Multiple layout lines can be joined by commas on a single physical
+input line.
+.Pp
+Each layout line consists of one or more layout cell specifications,
+optionally separated by whitespace.
+The following case-insensitive key characters start a new cell
+specification:
+.Bl -tag -width 2n
+.It Cm c
+Center the string in this cell.
+.It Cm r
+Right-justify the string in this cell.
+.It Cm l
+Left-justify the string in this cell.
+.It Cm n
+Justify a number around its last decimal point.
+If no decimal point is found in the number,
+it is assumed to trail the number.
+.It Cm s
+Horizontally span columns from the last
+.Pf non- Cm s
+layout cell.
+It is an error if a column span follows a
+.Cm _
+or
+.Cm =
+cell, or comes first on a layout line.
+The combined cell as a whole consumes only one cell
+of the corresponding data line.
+.It Cm a
+Left-justify a string and pad with one space.
+.It Cm \(ha
+Vertically span rows from the last
+.Pf non- Cm \(ha
+layout cell.
+It is an error to invoke a vertical span on the first layout line.
+Unlike a horizontal span, a vertical span consumes a data cell
+and discards the content.
+.It Cm _
+Draw a single horizontal line in this cell.
+This consumes a data cell and discards the content.
+It may also be invoked with
+.Cm \- .
+.It Cm =
+Draw a double horizontal line in this cell.
+This consumes a data cell and discards the content.
+.El
+.Pp
+Each cell key may be followed by zero or more of the following
+case-insensitive modifiers:
+.Bl -tag -width 2n
+.It Cm b
+Use a bold font for the contents of this cell.
+.It Cm d
+Move content down to the last row of this vertical span.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Cm e
+Make this column wider to match the maximum width
+of any other column also having the
+.Cm e
+modifier.
+.It Cm f
+The next one or two characters select the font to use for this cell.
+One-character font names must be followed by a blank or period.
+See the
+.Xr roff 7
+manual for supported font names.
+.It Cm i
+Use an italic font for the contents of this cell.
+.It Cm m
+Specify a cell start macro.
+This is a GNU extension and currently unsupported.
+.It Cm p
+Set the point size to the following unsigned argument,
+or change it by the following signed argument.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Cm v
+Set the vertical line spacing to the following unsigned argument,
+or change it by the following signed argument.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Cm t
+Do not vertically center content in this vertical span,
+leave it in the top row.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Cm u
+Move cell content up by half a table row.
+Currently ignored.
+.It Cm w
+Specify a minimum column width.
+.It Cm x
+After determining the width of all other columns, distribute the
+rest of the line length among all columns having the
+.Cm x
+modifier.
+.It Cm z
+Do not use this cell for determining the width of this column.
+.It Cm \&|
+Draw a single vertical line to the right of this cell.
+.It Cm ||
+Draw a double vertical line to the right of this cell.
+.El
+.Pp
+If a modifier consists of decimal digits,
+it specifies a minimum spacing in units of
+.Cm n
+between this column and the next column to the right.
+The default is 3.
+If there is a vertical line, it is drawn inside the spacing.
+.Ss Data
+The data section follows the last
+.Sx Layout
+line.
+Each data line consists of one or more data cells, delimited by
+.Cm tab
+characters.
+.Pp
+If a data cell contains only the two bytes
+.Ql \e\(ha ,
+the cell above spans to this row, as if the layout specification
+of this cell were
+.Cm \(ha .
+.Pp
+If a data cell contains only the single character
+.Ql _
+or
+.Ql = ,
+a single or double horizontal line is drawn across the cell,
+joining its neighbours.
+If a data cell contains only the two character sequence
+.Ql \e_
+or
+.Ql \e= ,
+a single or double horizontal line is drawn inside the cell,
+not joining its neighbours.
+If a data line contains nothing but the single character
+.Ql _
+or
+.Ql = ,
+a horizontal line across the whole table is inserted
+without consuming a layout row.
+.Pp
+In place of any data cell, a text block can be used.
+It starts with
+.Ic \&T{
+at the end of a physical input line.
+Input line breaks inside the text block
+neither end the text block nor its data cell.
+It only ends if
+.Ic \&T}
+occurs at the beginning of a physical input line and is followed
+by an end-of-cell indicator.
+If the
+.Ic \&T}
+is followed by the end of the physical input line, the text block,
+the data cell, and the data line ends at this point.
+If the
+.Ic \&T}
+is followed by the
+.Cm tab
+character, only the text block and the data cell end,
+but the data line continues with the data cell following the
+.Cm tab
+character.
+If
+.Ic \&T}
+is followed by any other character, it does not end the text block,
+which instead continues to the following physical input line.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+String justification and font selection:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.TS
+rb c  lb
+r  ci l.
+r	center	l
+ri	ce	le
+right	c	left
+\&.TE
+.Ed
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.TS
+rb c  lb
+r  ci l.
+r	center	l
+ri	ce	le
+right	c	left
+.TE
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Some ports in
+.Ox 6.1
+to show number alignment and line drawing:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.TS
+box tab(:);
+r| l
+r  n.
+software:version
+_
+AFL:2.39b
+Mutt:1.8.0
+Ruby:1.8.7.374
+TeX Live:2015
+\&.TE
+.Ed
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.TS
+box tab(:);
+r| l
+r  n.
+software:version
+_
+AFL:2.39b
+Mutt:1.8.0
+Ruby:1.8.7.374
+TeX Live:2015
+.TE
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Spans and skipping width calculations:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.TS
+box tab(:);
+lz  s | rt
+lt| cb| \(ha
+\(ha | rz  s.
+left:r
+l:center:
+:right
+\&.TE
+.Ed
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.TS
+box tab(:);
+lz  s | rt
+lt| cb| ^
+^ | rz  s.
+left:r
+l:center:
+:right
+.TE
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Text blocks, specifying spacings and specifying and equalizing
+column widths, putting lines into individual cells, and overriding
+.Cm allbox :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.TS
+allbox tab(:);
+le le||7 lw10.
+The fourth line:_:line 1
+of this column:=:line 2
+determines:\e_:line 3
+the column width.:T{
+This text is too wide to fit into a column of width 17.
+T}:line 4
+T{
+No break here.
+T}::line 5
+\&.TE
+.Ed
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.TS
+allbox tab(:);
+le le||7 lw10.
+The fourth line:_:line 1
+of this column:=:line 2
+determines:\_:line 3
+the column width.:T{
+This text is too wide to fit into a column of width 17.
+T}:line 4
+T{
+No break here.
+T}::line 5
+.TE
+.Ed
+.Pp
+These examples were constructed to demonstrate many
+.Nm
+features in a compact way.
+In real manual pages, keep tables as simple as possible.
+They usually look better, are less fragile, and are more portable.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The
+.Xr mandoc 1
+implementation of
+.Nm
+doesn't support
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+macros and
+.Xr eqn 7
+equations inside tables.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr roff 7
+.Rs
+.%A M. E. Lesk
+.%T Tbl \(em A Program to Format Tables
+.%D June 11, 1976
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+The tbl utility, a preprocessor for troff, was originally written by M.
+E. Lesk at Bell Labs in 1975.
+The GNU reimplementation of tbl, part of the groff package, was released
+in 1990 by James Clark.
+A standalone tbl implementation was written by Kristaps Dzonsons in
+2010.
+This formed the basis of the implementation that first appeared in
+.Ox 4.9
+as a part of the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+This
+.Nm
+reference was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons Aq Mt kristaps@bsd.lv
+and
+.An Ingo Schwarze Aq Mt schwarze@openbsd.org .
+.Sh BUGS
+In
+.Fl T
+.Cm utf8
+output mode, heavy lines are drawn instead of double lines.
+This cannot be improved because the Unicode standard only provides
+an incomplete set of box drawing characters with double lines,
+whereas it provides a full set of box drawing characters
+with heavy lines.
+It is unlikely this can be improved in the future because the box
+drawing characters are already marked in Unicode as characters
+intended only for backward compatibility with legacy systems,
+and their use is not encouraged.
+So it seems unlikely that the missing ones might get added in the future.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man7/utf8.7 b/static/openbsd/man7/utf8.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..97e6ace0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man7/utf8.7
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: utf8.7,v 1.9 2022/02/18 10:24:32 jsg Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017 Ted Unangst <tedu@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: February 18 2022 $
+.Dt UTF8 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm utf8
+.Nd UTF-8 text encoding
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+UTF-8 is a multibyte character encoding for Unicode text.
+It is the preferred format for non ASCII text.
+.Pp
+Unicode codepoints are encoded as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It U+0000 \(en U+007F:
+One byte: 0....... (compatible with ASCII)
+.It U+0080 \(en U+07FF:
+Two bytes: 110..... 10......
+.It U+0800 \(en U+D7FF and U+E000 \(en U+FFFF:
+Three bytes: 1110.... 10...... 10......
+.It U+10000 \(en U+10FFFF:
+Four bytes: 11110... 10...... 10...... 10......
+.El
+.Pp
+The bits shown as dots contain the codepoint represented as a binary
+integer.
+.Pp
+Bytes starting with the bit pattern 11...... are called UTF-8 start
+bytes, and those starting with 10...... UTF-8 continuation bytes.
+The number of leading 1 bits in a start byte indicates the total
+number of bytes used to encode the codepoint, including the start
+byte.
+.Pp
+Encodings using more bytes than required are invalid.
+In particular, 11000000 and 11000001 are not valid start bytes,
+the byte after 11100000 must be at least 10100000,
+and the byte after 11110000 must be at least 10010000.
+.Pp
+The ranges U+D800 to U+DFFF and U+110000 to U+1FFFFF
+do not contain valid Unicode codepoints.
+Consequently, the corresponding three- and four-byte UTF-8 sequences
+are invalid.
+The highest valid byte after 11101101 is 10011111,
+the highest valid byte of the form 1111.... is 11110100,
+and the highest valid byte after 11110100 is 10001111.
+.Pp
+To summarize, the following is a complete list of bytes
+that are invalid in all contexts:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width 5n -offset 4n -compact
+.It c0\(enc1
+two-byte sequence that has to be encoded as a single byte
+.It f5\(enf7
+four-byte sequence beyond the Unicode range
+.It f8\(enff
+invalid sequence of five or more bytes
+.El
+.Pp
+The following is a complete list of invalid two-byte combinations
+of the form 11...... 10...... that consist of two valid bytes:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width 9n -offset 4n -compact
+.It e080\(ene09f
+three-byte sequence that has to be encoded as two bytes
+.It eda0\(enedbf
+start of a UTF-16 surrogate, which is not valid UTF-8
+.It f080\(enf08f
+four-byte sequence that has to be encoded as three bytes
+.It f490\(enf4bf
+four-byte sequence beyond the Unicode range
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr locale 1 ,
+.Xr ascii 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+.Rs
+.%A F. Yergeau
+.%D November 2003
+.%R RFC 3629
+.%T UTF-8, a transformation format of ISO 10646
+.Re
+.Pp
+.Lk https://www.unicode.org/versions/latest/ "The Unicode Standard"
+.Pp
+.Lk https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr44/ "The Unicode Character Database"